中考新题型情景对话练习本_2026秋初中教辅合集_2027《上海华育中学•中考英语新题型训练》（英语）

上海中考英语新题型
情景对话
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY1
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景，在横线处填写完整句子，横线后已标注句型类型；答案需符合语
境，语法正确。
练习1(Visiting the Old People's Home)
Dialogue Context: A and Bob are talking about their weekend plan to visit the old people's
home.
A:(1).
_________?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: I'm going to the old people's home.
A:To the old people's home?(2) ___________?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: Because many old people are lonely. They need help.
A: Sounds interesting. (3)______
_________?(改为一般疑问句)
B:Of course. Welcome. We can also ask some of our friends to come.
A: I will call on them to join us in our WeChat group.
B: Good idea.
A:(4) ___________________?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: Mm⋯ We are going to read newspapers, tell stories or sing songs.
A:Great!(5)
______?(改为特殊疑问句)
B:We'll meet at the school gate at 8:00 am.on Saturday.
A:Perfect! (6).
_______?(改为一般疑问句)
B:Yes, that time works for everyone.Let’s get ready for the gifts together.
Dialogue Context: Jane and Frank are talking about visiting an art show in the city library.
A:Hi, Frank! There is an art show in the city library this afternoon.
B: Hi, Jane. (1)
__________?(改为一般疑问句)
A:Yes, I will.You know l am interested in painting very much.
练习2(Going to the Art Show)
第1页，共163页
B:(2).
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(改为一般疑问句)
A:Of course you can go with me.
B:(3)
⋯⋯⋯?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:All ickets are free, for nothing.
B:(4)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯!(改为感叹句)
A:I know it's great. Where will we meet?
B: At the Gate A of subway station at City Library.
A:(5)
_?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: We'l meet at 2:00 p.m. It's just 30 minutes before the show starts.
A:(6)
?(改为一般疑问句)
B: Yes, I'll remember to bring my camera to take photos of the paintings.
答题区域
练习1
练习2
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
答案
答案
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(1)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(2)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(3)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(4)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(5)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(6)
第2页，共163页
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1参考答案
1. What are you going to do this weekend
2. Why are you going there
3.Can Igo with you
4. What are you going to do there
5. When and where will we meet
6.Does this time work for everyone
练习1逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“要去养老院”,核心是“周末计划”,需用特殊疑问句问
“打算做什么”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句需用“what”引导，结合"be going to"(B的回答
用该结构),确保时态、助动词一致，答案唯一。
2.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“因为老人孤独”,核心是“去的原因”,需用特殊疑问句问
“为什么去”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句用“why”引导，结合“be going”结构，与B的回答
逻辑、语法一致，无其他合理答案。
3.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“当然欢迎”,核心是“能否加入”,需用一般疑问句确认；
②句型匹配：一般疑问句用“can”引导，问“我能否一起去”,贴合“welcome”的回应，答
案唯一。
4.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“读报纸、讲故事等”,核心是“具体活动”,需用特殊疑问
句问“做什么”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句用“what"引导，结合"be going to do”,与B的
活动描述完全对应，无其他可能。
5.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“周六上午8点校门口见”,核心是“时间和地点”,需用特
殊疑问句问“何时何地见”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句用“when and where”引导，结合
"will meet",与B的回答信息完全覆盖，答案唯一。
6.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“这个时间对所有人都合适”,核心是“确认时间是否可
行”,需用一般疑问句确认；②句型匹配：一般疑问句用“does”引导，问“这个时间是否合
适”,直接呼应B的回应，无其他合理表达。
练习2参考答案
1.Will you go to the art show
2.Can Igo with you to the art show
3.How much are the tickets for the art show
第3页，共163页
4. What free tickets they are /How free the tickets are
5. When will we meet at the subway station
6.Will you bring your camera to take photos of the paintings
练习2逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：A的回答是“是的，我会去”,核心是“是否去看展”,需用一般疑问句
确认；②句型匹配：一般疑问句用“wil”引导，问“你会去艺术展吗”,与A的“wil”回应完
全对应，答案唯一。
2.解析：①语境提示：A的回答是“当然可以和我一起去”,核心是“能否同行”,需用一般疑
问句确认；②句型匹配：一般疑问句用“can”引导，问“我能和你一起去吗”,贴合A的
“can go with me”,无其他可能。
3.解析：①语境提示：A的回答是“所有门票都免费”,核心是“门票价格”,需用特殊疑问句
问“多少钱”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句用“how much”引导，问“门票价格”,直接对应
"free"的回应，答案唯一。
4.解析：①语境提示：A的回答是“我知道这很棒”,核心是“对免费门票的感叹”,需用感叹
句表达；②句型匹配：感叹句用"what"或“how”引导，赞“门票免费”,贴合A的
"great",无其他合理感叹内容。
5.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“下午2点见”,核心是“见面时间”,需用特殊疑问句问
“何时见”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句用"when”引导，问“在地铁站何时见”,与B的“2:00
p.m.”完全对应，答案唯一。
6.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“是的，我会带相机拍画作”,核心是“是否带相机”,需用
一般疑问句确认；②句型匹配：一般疑问句用“will”引导，问“你会带相机拍画作吗”,直
接呼应 B的回应，无其他合理表达。
第4页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空
Day 2
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景，在横线处填写完整句子，横线后已标注句型类型；答案需符合语
境，语法正确。
练习1(Talking About Simon's Trip in China)
练习2(Inviting James to a Birthday Party)
A: Hello, James. I will have a birthday party on Saturday. (1)
Dialogue Context: Alice is asking Simon about his trip experience in China, including stay
time, visited places and favorite food.
A:Hi, Simon.(1)
______?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: I have been in China for two weeks. I've visited many places of interest in China.
A:(2)
______?(改为一般疑问句)
B:Yes,I've been to the Great Wall. And Ive been to the Bird's Nest. I really enjoyed myself
there.
A:Wow! (3)_
__________?(改为一般疑问句)
B:Yes, I did. I went to visit the West Lake in Hangzhou three days ago. It's so beautiful.
A: Sounds great. Have you tried any Chinese food?
B:Yes, I love Chinese food very much.
A:(4).
__________?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: My favourite Chinese food is Beijing Roast Duck. It's delicious.
A:I heard Beijing Roast Duck is famous all over the world.(5)
_____?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: I ate it at Quanjude Restaurant. The service there was good too.
A: That must be a wonderful experience. (6)
________?(改为特殊疑
问句)
B: I will stay in China for another three weeks. I plan to visit Xian next.
Dialogue Context: Alice is inviting James to his birthday party, and they are talking about
party place, time, food and activities.
_______________?(改为一般疑问句)
第5页，共163页
B: Sure,'d love to.(2) _ ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:I will have the party at my house.
B:(3)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(改为特殊疑问句)
A: It will start at 5:30 in the afternoon.
B:OK. I will come on time. (4)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(改为一般疑问句)
A:Yes, I will invite our good friends. By the way, is your brother Greg free on Saturday?
B:Yes, he is.
A:Can you ask him to come to my party with you?
B: Of course. I think he would like to come to your party with me together.
A: Thank you very much. (5)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(改为一般疑问句)
B: No,I don't have any food allergies.You can prepare whatever you like!
A:You're so kind.(6)
_?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: We can play board games and sing birthday songs at the party. That will be fun.
答题区域
练习1
练习2
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
答案
答案
(1)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(2)
___
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(4)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(5)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(6)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(3)
第6页，共163页
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1参考答案(无调整，保持原正确内容)
1.How long have you been in China
2. Have you been to the Great Wall
3.Did you go to any other places outside Beijing
4. What's your favourite Chinese food
5. Where did you eat Beijing Roast Duck
6. How long will you stay in China
练习1逐题解析(无调整，保持原正确内容)
1.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“在中国待了两周”,核心是“停留时长”,需用特殊疑问句
问“多久”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句用“how long”引导，结合B的“have been”(现在完
成时),助动词、时态完全一致，贴合语境。
2.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“是的，去过长城”,核心是“是否去过长城”,需用一般疑
问句确认；②句型匹配：一般疑问句用“have”引导(与B的“have been”时态一致),
直接对应“Great Wall”这一核心地点，逻辑连贯。
3.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“是的，去了杭州西湖”,核心是“是否去北京之外的地
方”,需用一般疑问句确认；②句型匹配：一般疑问句用“did”引导(B的回答用“went”,
一般过去时),时态、核心话题完全对应，无其他合理表达。
4.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“最喜欢北京烤鸭”,核心是“最喜欢的中国食物”,需用特
殊疑问句问“什么”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句用“what”引导，直接聚焦“favourite
Chinese food",与B的回答精准契合，语法正确。
5.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“在全聚德吃的”,核心是“吃烤鸭的地点”,需用特殊疑问
句问“哪里”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句用“where”引导，结合B的“ate”(一般过去
时),助动词用“did”,时态一致，话题聚焦。
6.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“还会待三周”,核心是“还会停留多久”,需用特殊疑问句
问“更久的时长”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句用“how long”引导，结合B的“will stay”(一
般将来时),助动词、语义完全对应，贴合对话逻辑。
练习2参考答案(修正两处逻辑与句型问题)
1. Would youlike to come to my birthday party
2. Where willyou have the birthday party
3. When will the birthday party start
第7页，共163页
4. Will you invite our good friends
5. Do you have any food allergies
6. What can we do at the birthday party
练习2逐题解析(针对修正部分重点说明)
1.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是"Sure,I'd love to",这是对“Would you like to...”邀请的
固定回应，需用“would you like to”引导一般疑问句；②句型匹配：避免原“will you..”与
“I'd love to”的搭配矛盾，"Would you like to come.⋯."与回应完全契合，符合日常邀请逻
辑，语法自然。
2.解析：①语境提示：A的回答是“在家举办派对”,核心是“派对地点”,需用特殊疑问句问
“哪里”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句用“where”引导，结合A的“will have”(一般将来
时),助动词、时态一致，话题聚焦地点，无调整必要。
3.解析：①语境提示：A的回答是“下午5点半开始”,核心是“派对时间”,需用特殊疑问句
问“何时”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句用"when”引导，结合A的“will start"(一般将来
时),助动词、语义完全对应，无调整必要。
4.解析：①语境提示：A的回答是“是的，会邀请好朋友”,核心是“是否邀请好朋友”,需用
一般疑问句确认；②句型匹配：一般疑问句用“will"”引导(与A的“willinvite”时态一
致),直接呼应“our good friends”,逻辑连贯，无调整必要。
5.解析：①语境修正：原“问带什么”不符合“过生日者”的身份逻辑，改为“问是否有食物过
敏”,既符合派对准备中“提前了解饮食禁忌”的合理场景，又避免身份矛盾；②句型匹
配：一般疑问句用“do”引导(B的回答用“don't have”,一般现在时),时态、核心话题
(食物过敏)完全对应，贴合实际交流。
6.解析：①语境提示：B的回答是“可以玩桌游、唱生日歌”,核心是“派对活动”,需用特殊
疑问句问“什么”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句用“what”引导，结合B的“can play/sing”(情
态动词can),助动词、语义精准契合，无调整必要。
第8页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY3
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景和括号内的句型提示，填写完整的句子，使对话通顺合理。答案写在
答题横线上，字迹清晰。
练习1(School Book Donation Activity)
Dialogue Context: Grade 8 students want to give their old books to children in poor areas.
They talk about what to prepare and how to send the books.
A:Hi Chen Yu! Our school is having a book donation activity next Friday. We can give our
old storybooks away.
B: That's great! I have many interesting storybooks.(1)__________?(改
为一般疑问句)
A:No,we don't need to buy new bags. Old clean bags are okay.
B:(2)________
!(改为感叹句)
A:1 know! The children will be very happy to get these books.
B: You have collected more than 10 books, (3)________?(改为反义
疑问句)
A:Yes! I've been saving them since last term.
B:(4).
_________?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:We need to put each book in a clean bag and write a short note for the children.
B:(5)
__________?(改为选择疑问句)
A:Let's send the books by school bus. Posting them is more expensive.
B: How about handing in the books this Wednesday?(6).
_________?
(改为同义句转化，表达相同含义)
A:Good idea! Handing them in early helps the teachers sort them out.
练习2(Weekend Hiking Trip with Classmates)
第9页，共163页
Dialogue Context: Grade 8 students plan to go hiking in the hills near the city on
weekends. They talk about what to bring and when to start.
A: Hello Liu Xin! Our class is going hiking this Sunday. Would you like to join us?
B: I'd love to! Hiking is my favorite sport.(1)__________________!(改为How感
叹句)
A: Exactly! The view from the top of Green Hill is so beautiful.
B:(2)__
_?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:We'l meet at the school gate and hike to Green Hill.
B: You won't forget to bring your hiking shoes, (3)._________________?(改为反
义疑问句)
A:Of course not! 've kept them in my bag already.
B:(4)
________?(改为选择疑问句)
A: Let's start at 7:00 a.m. Starting at 8:00 a.m.will make us miss the morning cool.
B:(5)
___?(改为一般疑问句)
A: Sure!You can bring some snacks and water for the trip.
B:(6)
_?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:We'll hike for about 4 hours. We'll have lunch at the foot of the hill after that.
答题区域
练习1
答案
练习2
答案
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(5)
(5)
(6)
(6)
第10页，共163页
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1参考答案
1. Do we need to buy new bags for the books
2. How happy the children will be to get these books
3. haven't you
4.What do we need to do for the book donation
5. ①Shall we send the books by school bus or post them②Shall we post the books or
send them by school bus
6.①Why not Nhy don't we hand in the books this Wednesday ②Shall we hand in the
books this Wednesday
练习1逐题解析
1. 解析：①句型要求：一般疑问句；②情景依据：答语以“don't need to”(助动词 do)
否定，问句需用相同助动词“do”提问，核心语义是“是否需要买新袋子”;③语法结
构：两种答案均以“do”开头，用“need to”与答语助动词完全一致，语义一致且语法规
范。
2. 解析：①句型要求：感叹句；②情景依据：答语强调“the children willbe very
happy",问句核心是感叹孩子收到书的喜悦；③语法结构：采用“How+形容词
(happy)+主语(the children)+谓语(will be)+不定式短语”的规范结构，直接
呼应答语核心情感，符合感叹句用法。
3. 解析：①句型要求：反义疑问句；②规则应用：前句为现在完成时肯定句(have
collected),遵循“前肯后否”原则；③语法匹配：前句助动词为"have",反义疑问句
需保持时态和助动词一致，"haven't you"是唯一标准答案，确保语法严谨。
4. 解析：①句型要求：特殊疑问句； ②情景依据：答语以“need to”(助动词do)明确
具体准备事项，问句需用相同助动词“do”提问，核心是询问捐赠书籍需做什么;③语
法结构：均以“what”引导，遵循“what+do+主语+need to do”结构，与答语助动词
完全匹配，语义精准对应。
5. 解析：①句型要求：选择疑问句；②情景依据：答语用“Let's”(shall we的提议形
式)选择“school bus”,问句需用“shall we”引导并提供两个选项；③语法结构：均
用“or”连接选项，仅选项顺序不同，助动词"shall”与答语"Let's"语气呼应，符合选择
疑问句结构。
第11页，共163页
6. 解析：①句型要求：同义句转化；②原句含义：提议“周三交书”,需转化为语义一致
的规范句型；③语法结构："Why not hy don't we+动词原形”和“Shall we+动词
原形”均为高频提议句型，与原句语义完全一致，简洁自然。
练习2参考答案
1. How beautiful the view from the top of Green Hill is
2. Where will we meet and hike for the trip
3. will you
4. Shall we start at7:00 a.m. or 8:00 am.for the hiking
5. Can I bring some snacks and water for the trip
6. How long will we hike in Green Hill
练习2逐题解析
1. 解析：①句型要求：感叹句；②情景依据：答语强调“the view..is so beautiful”,核
心是感叹山顶景色的优美；③语法结构：两种答案分别采用“How”和“What”引导的
感叹句核心结构—"How+形容词(beautiful)+主语(the view)+谓语(is)+状
语”和"What+a+形容词(beautiful)+名词(view)+主语(it)+谓语(is)+状
语”,覆盖感叹句两种基础用法，与答语描述一致。
2. 解析：①句型要求：特殊疑问句； ②情景依据：答语用“will”表将来(We'll=We
will)明确行程安排，问句需用相同助动词“will”提问；③语法结构：均以
“what/where”引导，遵循“疑问词+will +主语+谓语”结构，与答语助动词完全匹
配，语义贴合行程询问。
3. 解析：①句型要求：反义疑问句； ②规则应用：前句为一般将来时否定句(won't
forget,助动词 will),遵循“前否后肯”原则；③语法匹配：前句助动词为“wil"”,反
义疑问句需保持助动词一致，“willyou”是唯一规范答案，确保问答连贯性。
4.
解析：①句型要求：选择疑问句；②情景依据：答语用"Let's start"(shallwe的提议
形式)选择“7:00 am.”,问句需用“shall we”引导并提供两个时间选项；③语法结
构：以“Shallwe”开头，用“or”连接时间选项，助动词"shall"与答语"Let's”语气呼
应，语序规范。
5. 解析：①句型要求：一般疑问句；②情景依据：答语以“can”许可“带零食和水”,问
句需用相同情态动词"can”提问；③语法结构：采用“Can+主语(I)+谓语
(bring)+宾语+状语”的标准结构，助动词“can”与答语“can bring”完全呼应，语
义直接对应。
第12页，共163页
6. 解析：①句型要求：特殊疑问句；②情景依据：答语用“will“”表将来(We'll=We
will)明确徒步时长，问句需用相同助动词“will'”提问；③语法结构：以“how long”引
导，遵循“how long+will+主语+谓语”结构，与答语助动词完全一致
第13页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY4
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景和括号内的句型提示，填写完整的句子，使对话通顺合理。答案写在
答题横线上，字迹清晰。
练习1(Class English Corner Preparation)
Dialogue Context: Grade 8 students are preparing for the weekly English corner. They talk
about topics, activities and time.
A:Hi Wang Tao! Our class English corner will be held this Thursday afternoon. Let's prepare
for it together.
B:Great! I'm good at English stories.(1)__________?(改为特殊疑问
句)
A:We can choose "Interesting Travel Experiences"as the main topic.
B:(2)
________?(改为特殊疑问句)
B:We need to ask some classmates to share their stories first,(3)
A:Yes! I've already invited Lily and Tom. They have great travel stories.
A:We can also bring some English picture books to share. They'll make the corner more
fun.
B:(5)_
___!(改为What感叹句)
A:Exactly! English corner is always a good chance to practice speaking.
B: I think we should decorate the classroom with English posters.(6)
_.(改为同义句转化，用动名词作主语，表达相同含义)
A:Perfect! Decorating with posters will create a better English atmosphere.
A: It will start at 4:00 p.m.and last for 1 hour.
_________?(改为反义疑问句)
B:(4).
____?(改为特殊疑问句)
第14页，共163页
练习2(DIY Handmade Gift for Teachers'Day)
Dialogue Context: Teachers'Day is coming. Grade 8 students plan to make DIY gifts for
their teachers. They talk about materials, steps and designs.
A:Hello Zhang Min! Teachers'Day is next Monday. Let's make DIY greeting cards for our
teachers.
B: That's thoughtful! I want to make a card for Ms.Li.(1)___________?
(改为特殊疑问句)
A:We need colored paper, scissors, glue and some stickers.
B:(2)
______?(改为特殊疑问句)
A: First, fold the colored paper in half. Then draw some patterns and write warm words.
B:You have prepared all the materials,(3)_______
?(改为反义疑问
句)
A:No, I stillneed to buy some colorful stickers. Le's go to the stationery store together.
B:(4).
______?(改为一般疑问句)
A:Sure! You can draw a small flower on the card. Ms. Li likes flowers very much.
B:(5)
!(改为how感叹句)
A:I agree! The handmade cards willbe more meaningful than bought ones.
B:(6)
_?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:We'll give the cards to teachers after the moning meeting on Monday.
答题区域
练习1
答案
练习2
答案
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
第15页，共163页
(5)
(5)
(6)
(6)
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1参考答案
1. What main topic can we choose for the English corner
2. When will he English corner start and how long willit last
3. don't we
4. What else can we bring to the English corner
5.What a good chance English corner is to practice speaking
6. Decorating the classroom with English posters is a good idea
练习1逐题解析
1. 解析：①语境提示：答语讲“选择主题”,核心词是"choose"“main topic”,所以问句要
问“能选什么主题”;②解题技巧：答语助动词是can,问句直接用can,不用换其他
词；③简单结构：用what提问“什么”,后面跟"can we choose",和答语完全呼应。
2. 解析：①语境提示：答语讲“开始时间+持续时长”,核心词是“start""last”4:00
p.m.”“1 hour”,所以问句要同时问这两个点；②解题技巧：答语助动词是will,问句用
will,不用变；③简单结构：用when问时间，how long问时长，中间用and连接，
句子不复杂，符合初中表达习惯。
3. 解析：①语境提示：前句说“需要邀请同学分享”,是肯定句，反义疑问句要“前肯后
否”;②解题技巧：前句助动词是do(need to是实义动词，用do辅助),所以反义
疑问句用 don't we; ③简单结构：直接用“前句助动词+not+主语”,不用额外加
词，语法简单好记。
4. 解析：①语境提示：答语讲“还能带绘本”,核心词是"bring"“English picture books”,
所以问句问“还能带来什么”;②解题技巧：答语助动词是can,问句用 can, "what
else”是初中高频表达；③简单结构：what else+ can we bring,直接对应答语，不
用复杂句式。
5. 解析：①语境提示：答语讲“英语角是练习口语的好机会”,核心词是“good
chance”,所以感叹“多好的机会啊”;②解题技巧：感叹“机会”用what(后接名
第16页，共163页
词),不用how(后接形容词),避免混淆；③简单结构：What a+形容词+名词+
主语+谓语，直接套用初中感叹句基础句型。
6. 解析：①语境提示：原句说“应该用海报装饰教室”,核心意思是“这是个好主意”;②
解题技巧：同义句不用改核心词(decorate the classroom with English posters),只
换句式，动名词作主语”的转换。
练习2参考答案
1. What do we need to make the DIY greeting cards
2. How can we make the greeting cards
3. haven't you
4. Can I draw a smallflower on the card for Ms. Li
5. How meaningful the handmade cards willbe for the teachers
6. When will we give the handmade cards to our teachers
练习2逐题解析
1. 解析：①语境提示：答语讲“制作卡片需要的材料”,核心词是"need”"colored
paper“scissors”等，所以问句问“需要什么材料”;②解题技巧：答语助动词是do,
问句用do, "need to make"和答语“need”完全匹配；③简单结构：what+do we
need,后面跟“to make”表目的，初中常用，不复杂。
2. 解析：①句型要求：特殊疑问句； ②情景依据：答语明确“制作步骤”,问句核心询问
如何制作；③语法结构：以“how”引导，语义贴合步骤询问，语法正确。
3. 解析：①语境提示：前句说“你已经准备好所有材料了”,是现在完成时肯定句，反义
疑问句“前肯后否”;②解题技巧：前句助动词是have,所以反义疑问句用haven't
you; ③简单结构：直接用“have的否定形式+主语”,不用记复杂规则，初中常考这
种基础反义疑问句。
4. 解析：①语境提示：答语讲“可以在卡片上画小花”,核心词是“draw"“a small
flower”,所以问句问“我能画小花吗”;②解题技巧：答语助动词是can,问句用
can,直接对应；③简单结构：Can l+动词原形+宾语，是初中最基础的一般疑问句
句型，没有复杂成分。
5. 解析：①语境提示：答语讲“手工卡片比买的更有意义”,核心词是"meaningful",所
以感叹“多有意义啊”;②解题技巧：感叹形容词用how,不用what,避免和第5题
混淆；③简单结构：How+形容词+主语+will be,直接套用初中感叹句基础句型，
和答语核心词一致。
6. 解析：①语境提示：答语讲“周一晨会后送卡片”,核心词是“give"“after the morning
meeting”,所以问句问“什么时候送卡片”;②解题技巧：答语助动词是will,问句用
第17页，共163页
will, “when”是初中最常用的疑问词；③简单结构：when+will we give,后面跟宾
语，句子简短，符合简单问句要求。
第18页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY5
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景和括号内的句型提示，填写完整的句子，使对话通顺合理。答案写在
答题横线上，字迹清晰。
练习1(School Environmental Protection Activity)
Dialogue Context: Grade 8 students will take part in a campus environmental protection
activity. They talk about tasks, tools, time and follow-up plans.
A:Hi Zhao Ya! Our school will hold an environmental protection activity this Saturday. Let's
join in!
B: Wonderful! I want to help clean the campus.(1)______
_________?(改为特
殊疑问句)
A:We'll pick up litter in the playground and plant small trees near the lake.
B:(2)
____ _?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:We need to bring gloves, trash bags and small shovels.
B: The activity will start at 9:00 a.m.,(3)_______________?(改为反义疑问
句)
A:Yes! And we must finish the task before 11:30 a.m. Don't be late.
B:(4).
_?(改为一般疑问句)
A:Sure! We can ask our deskmates to join us. More people mean more help.
B:(5).
!(改为how感叹句)
A:Exactly! Protecting the campus environment is such a meaningful thing.
B:(6)
?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:After the activity, we can help the teachers sort out the tools and take photos together.
练习2(Weekend Library Volunteer Work)
Dialogue Context: Grade 8 students plan to be volunteers at the city library on weekends.
They talk about duties, time, rules and post-work activities.
A: Hello Chen Jie! The city library needs student volunteers this Sunday. Do you want to go?
B: I'd love to! What will we do there?
第19页，共163页
A:We'll help sort books and guide readers.
B:(1)
______________?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:We'll meet at the library gate at 8:30 a.m.
B:(2)_____________?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:We need to wear the volunteer badges and listen to the librarians'arrangements.
B:You have learned about the library rules before, (3)_________________?(改
为反义疑问句)
A:Yes! My mom is a librarian. She told me we must keep quiet in the reading area.
B:(4)
___________?(改为一般疑问句)
A:No, we can't bring snacks. But we can bring our own water botles.
B:(5)
________!(改为how感叹句)
A:I agree!Being a volunteer can help us learn more about books.
B:(6)
__________?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:After the volunteer work, we can borrow one book for free and read it at home.
答题区域
练习1
答案
练习2
答案
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(5)
(5)
(6)
(6)
第20页，共163页
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1参考答案
1. What will we do for the environmental protection activity
2. What do we need to bring for the activity
3. won't it
4. Can we ask our deskmates to join in the activity
5. How meaningful protecting the campus environment is
6. What can we do after finishing the activity
练习1逐题解析
1. 解析：①语境提示：答语讲“捡垃圾、种树”,核心动词 pick up/plant、助动词 will,
问句直接对应；②一致性：助动词、动词与答语完全一致，简单不复杂。
2. 解析：①语境提示：答语讲“带手套、垃圾袋”,核心动词 bring、助动词 do(We
need to bring),问句必用bring和do; ②一致性：无同义替换，完全匹配答语。
3. 解析：①前句助动词 will,反义疑问句“前肯后否”用won't it;②简单结构：初中基
础考点，易掌握。
4. 解析：①语境提示：答语用 can(We can ask),问句用Can we..直接提问；②一
致性：助动词 can、动词 ask 与答语完全相同，句子简短。
5. 解析：①答语讲“保护校园环境有意义”,核心短语和形容词完全保留，用how感叹；
②简单结构：初中基础感叹句型，不复杂。
6. 解析：①语境提示：答语讲“活动后整理工具、拍照”,核心问“后续做什么”;②一致
性：助动词 can/will 与答语对应，动词 do 贴合答语动作，符合对话逻辑。
练习2参考答案
1. When and where will we meet
2. What do we need to do for the library volunteer work
3. haven't you
4. Can we bring snacks to the library
5. How helpful being a library volunteer is
6. What can we do after the library volunteer work
练习2逐题解析
第21页，共163页
1. 解析：①答语讲“8:30在图书馆门口见面”,核心动词 meet、助动词will,问句用
when where提问；②一致性：助动词、动词与答语1:1 对应，简单直接。
2. 解析：①语境提示：答语讲“佩戴志愿者胸牌、听管理员安排”,核心动词 wear/listen
to、助动词do(We need to wear),问句问“需要做什么”,不涉及步骤；②一致
性：助动词do与答语need的辅助助动词匹配，核心动词与答语完全一致，句子简单
易懂。
3. 解析：①前句助动词 have(have learned),反义疑问句“前肯后否”用haven't
you; ②基础结构：初中常考，无难度。
4. 解析：①答语用 can't(can't bring snacks),问句用Can we.⋯提问，核心动词
bring 与答语相同；②一致性：助动词、动词完全匹配，贴合语境。
5. 解析：①答语讲“做志愿者有帮助”,核心短语和形容词保留，用how感叹；②简单
句型：直接套用初中感叹句模板。
6. 解析：①语境提示：答语讲“活动后免费借书”,核心问“后续能做什么”;②一致性：
助动词 can与答语对应，动词 do贴合答语，对话流畅自然。
第22页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY6
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景和括号内的句型提示，填写完整的句子，使对话通顺合理。答案写在
答题横线上，字迹清晰。
练习1(Campus Green Corner Care Activity)
Grade 8 class has a small garden at school. Students talk about their jobs and how to look
after the plants.
A:HiLin Tao! Our class adopted the school's green corner last week. We need to take care
of the plants.
B: I know! Those smallflowers look so lovely. (1)_____________?(改为特
殊疑问句)
A: I'll water the flowers and clean the flowerpots every Wednesday aftemoon.
B:You have learned how to take care of plants from your mom,(2)
_?(改为反义疑问句)
A:Yes! She taught me that overwatering is bad for flowers.
B:(3)
___?(改为一般疑问句)
A:No, we can't use cold water. Room temperature water is better for them.
B:(5)
____?(改为选择疑问句)
A:Let's ask Zhang Hua to help. He knows more about plants than Li Ming.
B: I think we should check the plants every week. (6)
B:(4)
_!(改为感叹句)
A:Exactly! They grow so fast with proper care.
________________?(改为
同义句转化，提出相同建议)
A:You're right! Checking them weekly can help us find problems early.
第23页，共163页
练习2(Weekend Community Volunteer Service)
Students want to help old people in their community on weekends. They talk about what to
do and when to meet.
A: Hello Wang Yan!Our community needs volunteers to help the elderly this Sunday.
B: That's meaningful! I want to join.(1)_______________________?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:We'll visit the elderly home and help them clean their rooms.
B:You don't have other plans this Sunday,(2) _______________?(改为反义
疑问句)
A:No,I'm free. Ijust finished my homework yesterday.
B:(3).
_____________?(改为一般疑问句)
A:Sure! You can bring some fruits for the elderly. They'l be happy to receive them.
A:Let's meet at the community gate at 8:30 a.m.9:00 a.m. is a bit late for the activity.
B:(6).
___________?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:We'll stay there for about 3 hours. We can chat with the elderly after cleaning.
答题区域
练习1
答案
练习2
答案
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(5)
(5)
(6)
(6)
B:(4)
____________!(改为感叹句)
A:I agree! It's so warm to make the elderly feel happy.
B:(5).
_________?(改为选择疑问句)
第24页，共163页
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1参考答案
1. ①What will you do to take care of the plants ②What will you do for the green corner
2. haven't you
3. ①Can we use cold water to water the flowers②Can we water the flowers with cold
water
4. How fast the plants grow with proper care
5. Shallwe ask Zhang Hua or Li Ming to help with the plants
6. ①Why not check the plants every week ②Shall we check the plants every week
练习1逐题解析
1. 解析：①句型要求：特殊疑问句；②情景依据：答语明确了“浇花、清理花盆”的具
体行动，问句核心是询问对方的具体分工或做法；③语法结构：均以疑问词“what”引
导，结合将来时助动词“will”,遵循“疑问词+will+主语+谓语”的基本结构，与答语
"PII"(Iwill)的助动词完全匹配，语义与答语高度一致，两种表达均为规范且高频的用
法。
2. 解析：①句型要求：反义疑问句；②规则应用：前句为现在完成时的肯定句(have
learned),遵循“前肯后否”的核心原则；③语法匹配：反义疑问句的助动词必须与
前句时态、助动词保持一致，前句助动词为“have”,因此否定形式"haven't you”是唯
一标准且严谨的答案，确保语法无歧义。
3. 解析：①句型要求：一般疑问句；②情景依据：答语以"can't"(can的否定形式)明
确否定，说明问句需用情态动词“can”提问，核心语义是“能否用冷水浇花”;③语法
结构：两种答案均以“can”开头，表询问许可，仅宾语表达顺序不同("use cold water
to water the flowers”与“water the flowers with cold water”为同义表达),与答语助
动词完全呼应，语义一致且语法规范。
4.
解析：①句型要求：感叹句；②情景依据：答语强调"grow so fast"(长得快),问
句核心是对植物生长速度进行感叹；③语法结构：采用“How+副词(fast)+主语
(the plants)+谓语(grow)”的规范结构，简洁直接地呼应答语核心特征，符合感
叹句的基础用法和语境要求。
5. 解析：①句型要求：选择疑问句；②情景依据：答语在“Zhang Hua”和“Li Ming”两
人中明确选择前者，问句需提供这两个并列选项；③语法结构：均用“or”连接选项，
助动词“shall”与答语"Let's”(Let us)在语气和逻辑上高度呼应，表共同提议，两种
答案仅选项顺序不同，均符合选择疑问句“选项并列、语义明确”的核心要求。
第25页，共163页
6. 解析：①句型要求：同义句转化；②原句含义：原句"I think we should check the
plants every week”的核心是提议“每周检查植物”,需转化为语义一致的规范句型；③
语法结构：“Why not+动词原形”和"Shall we+动词原形”均为初中阶段高频提议句
型，与原句语义完全一致，且表达简洁自然，符合日常交流和语法应用要求。
练习2参考答案
1. What willwe do to help the elderly in the community
2. do you
3. Can I bring some fruits for the elderly
4. How warm it is to make the elderly feel happy
5. Shall we meet at 8:30 am. or 9:00 a.m. at the community gate/When shall we meet
at the community gate,8:30 am. or 9:00 a.m?
6. How long will we stay there
练习2逐题解析
1. 解析：①句型要求：特殊疑问句；②情景依据：答语用“will”表将来(We'll=We
will),明确了“拜访养老院、打扫房间”的志愿内容，问句核心是询问具体服务事项；
③语法结构：均以“what”引导，遵循“疑问词+will +主语+谓语”结构，助动词
“will”与答语完全匹配，两种答案分别从“志愿工作”和“帮助老人”两个角度切入，语
义精准对应答语，语法规范。
2. 解析：①句型要求：反义疑问句；②规则应用：前句为一般现在时的否定句(don't
have),遵循“前否后肯”原则；③语法匹配：前句实义动词"have"的助动词为
“do”,反义疑问句需保持助动词一致，因此"do you”是唯一规范答案，确保语法严谨
性和问答连贯性。
3. 解析：①句型要求：一般疑问句；②情景依据：答语以“can”明确许可“带水果”,问
句核心是请求该许可；③语法结构：采用“Can+主语(1)+谓语(bring)+宾语
(some fruits)+状语(for the elderly)”的标准结构，助动词“can”与答语"can
bring”完全呼应，语义直接对应，无歧义且符合日常交流逻辑。
4. 解析：①句型要求：感叹句；②情景依据：答语强调“so warm”(温暖),核心是对
“让老人开心”这一行为的情感感叹；③语法结构：答案采用“How”引导的感叹句核心
结构——“How+形容词(warm)+主语(it)+谓语(is)+不定式短语”
5. 解析：①句型要求：选择疑问句；②情景依据：答语用“Let's”表提议，且在“8:30
a.m.”和“9:00 am.”两个时间中明确选择前者，问句需提供这两个时间选项；③语法
结构：采用"Shallwe+谓语(meet)+选项A(at 8:30 am.)+or+选项B(9:00
第26页，共163页
a.m.)+地点状语”的规范语序，助动词“shall"与答语“Let's”语气呼应，逻辑连贯，
符合选择疑问句的表达要求。
6. 解析：①句型要求：特殊疑问句；②情景依据：答语用“will”表将来(We'll=We
will),且明确“for about 3 hours”的时长，问句核心是询问停留时间；③语法结构：
以“how long”(询问时长)引导，遵循"how long+will + 主语+谓语”结构，助动词
"will"与答语完全匹配。
第27页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY7
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景，在横线处填写完整句子，横线后已标注句型类型；答案需符合语
境，语法正确，问答逻辑一致。
练习 1(Talking About Mary's Trouble with Parents)
Dialogue Context: A is talking with Mary, who is upset because her parents read her diary.
They discuss the problem and solutions.
A:Hi, Mary. How are you today?
B:(1)________ _____.(改为陈述句，补充情绪状态)I don't want to go
home now.
B: Because when I got home yesterday, I found my parents reading my diary. I got very
angry. Shouldn't I keep my secrets?
A: Of course you can. (3)
___________?(改为一般疑问句)
B: No, I didn't talk with them but I shouted at them. I regret it now.
A:In fact, your parents shouldn't read your diary. But they just want to make sure you aren't
in trouble—they care about you a lot.
B: I know they care. But I stilldon't know what to do.(4)___________?
(改为特殊疑问句，用how引导)
A:How about saying sorry first? Then tell them you'll share more about your life, so they
won't need to read your diary.
B: That sounds good! I'l try it this evening.
A:(5)
_________,won'they?(改为反义疑问句)
B:Yes! Theyll be glad to talk with me if l take the first step.
A: (6)
__________!(改为How感叹句，为他的勇敢表达鼓励)
B: Thank you. I feel much better now.
A:(2)__
__________?(改为特殊疑问句)
第28页，共163页
练习2(Inviting Wu Jie to Go Climbing)
Dialogue Context: Zhang Lin calls Wu Jie to invite him to go climbing, but Wu Jie has to do
housework. They talk about sharing housework and climbing plans.
A:Hi,this is Zhang Lin speaking.(1)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(改为一般疑问句，确
认对方身份)
B:Yes, this is Wu Jie. Whafs up, Zhang Lin?
A:Well, I'm going climbing with some classmates on Sunday.(2)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(改为一般疑问句，发出邀请)
B: 'm afraid I can't. I have to do some housework at home that day.
B: I will spend about three hours. I need to clean the living room and wash my family's
clothes.
A: That’s a lot! (4)
⋯⋯⋯isn'tit?(改为反义疑问句)
B:Yes, it is very tiring.But my parents are busy with work—I should help them.
A:(3).
⋯?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:You're so thoughtful. I hardly do heavy housework at home.(5)
.(同义句转化)
B: It's never too late to start! Even small things like taking out rubbish help.
A:You're right. Then(6)
_?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: I think you should start at 8 a.m.—it won't be too hot then. Have fun!
A: Thanks! 'l tell the classmates.
答题区域
练习1
答案
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
___ ⋯⋯⋯(2)
(2)
(3)
____ ⋯⋯⋯(3)
(3)
(4)
⋯⋯⋯⋯(4)
(4)
(5)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(5)
(5)
(6)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(6)
(6)
练习2
答案
第29页，共163页
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1参考答案
1.'m not feeling good/'m not well
2. Why don't you want to go home now
3.Did you talk with your parents about this
4. How can I fix this problem
5. They'll be glad to talk with you
6.How brave you are to take the first step
练习1逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B后句“不想回家”,需用陈述句表达“心情不好”;②逻辑匹配：“I'm
not feeling good”是常用表达，简洁贴合情绪，无其他合理替代。
2.解析：①语境提示：B回答“父母看日记生气”,核心是“不想回家的原因”;②句型匹配：
用“why”引导，结合"don't want to"(B原句结构),助动词、语义完全对应，答案唯一。
3.解析：①语境提示：B回答“没谈话但大喊”,核心是“是否沟通”;②句型匹配：用“did”
引导(B用“didn't talk”,一般过去时),时态一致，话题聚焦“沟通”,逻辑连贯。
4.解析：①语境提示：A后句用“How about..”给建议，核心是“询问解决方法”;②句型匹
配：用“how can1.⋯.”引导(题目要求用how),直接对应建议类回应，符合“解决问题”逻
辑，简单易懂。
5.解析：①语境提示：B回答“他们会愿意聊”,核心是“确认父母态度”;②句型匹配：反义
疑问句“...won't they?”前用肯定句“They'l be glad to talk with you”,贴合B的回应，语法
正确(初中反义疑问句基础形式)。
6.解析：①语境提示：B说“今晚尝试沟通”,需用感叹句表达“鼓励”;②句型匹配："How
brave you are to take the first step”(你主动迈出第一步真勇敢),符合感叹句结构(How
+形容词+主语+谓语),语法正确，贴合鼓励场景。
练习2参考答案
1. Is that Wu Jie speaking
2. Would you like to go climbing with us
3.How long will you spend on housework
第30页，共163页
4.Doing housework is tiring
5.I almost do no heavy housework at home
6. When should we start climbing
练习2逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：电话场景确认身份；②句型匹配：“Is that Wu Jie speaking”是电话
常用句，符合初中表达习惯，答案唯一。
2.解析：①语境提示：B回答“不能去”,核心是“邀请爬山”;②句型匹配："Would you like
to...”(邀请礼貌句式),贴合B的"I'm afraid I can't”,比“Can you.⋯."更自然，初中必
学。
3.解析：①语境提示：B回答“大约三小时”,核心是“家务时长”;②句型匹配：用“how
long”引导(题目要求加入how短语),结合“I will spend”(时态一致),语义精准，语
法正确。
4.解析：①语境提示：B回答“是的，很累”,核心是“确认家务辛苦”;②句型匹配：反义疑
问句“...isn't it?”前用“Doing housework is tiring”(动名词作主语，初中基础),贴合B
的回应，无其他合理表达。
5.解析：①语境提示：A前句“几乎不做重家务”,需用同义句转化；②句型匹配：
"hardly=almost no",贴合前句，语法正确。
6.解析：①语境提示：B回答“早上8点开始”,核心是“询问爬山时间”;②句型匹配：用
“when”引导(特殊疑问句)。
第31页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY8
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景，在横线处填写完整句子(均为问句或感叹句),横线后已标注句型
类型；答案需符合语境，语法正确，问答逻辑一致。
练习1(Talking About Beijing Olympic Mascots)
Dialogue Context: Alice is talking with Dad about the Beijing Olympic mascots(吉祥物)
on the table, including where they were bought, Dad's trip to China and panda mascots.
A:Dad, look at the mascots on our table.(1)_________?(改为特殊疑
问句)
B: I bought them in Beijing. I went to watch the Beijing Olympic Games when you were
young.
A: Wow,(2)_
_________!(改为What感叹句，感叹吉祥物可爱)
B: Right! They're the mascots of the 2008 Beijing Olympics—Fuwa. Each has a special
meaning.
A:(3)
_______?(改为特殊疑问句)
B:Only once. I went to China just for that Olympic Games. It was a wonderful trip.
A:(4)
__________________?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: It was held in 2008, so it's more than 10 years ago now. Time flies so fast!
A:I like the panda mascot best—it's so cute! (5)_
______________?(改为特殊
疑问句)
B: An adult panda is usually about 100 to 150 kilograms. They mainly live in Sichuan, China.
A:I know pandas eat bamboo. (6)___________?(改为一般疑问句，询问
熊猫吉祥物的意义)
B: Sorry, dear, I don't know. Why not buy a book about Chinese culture to find out?
A:Good idea! Thanks, Dad.
B:You're welcome.
第32页，共163页
练习2(Talking About a Trip to Sanya)
Dialogue Context:Alice is asking Jacky about his trip to Sanya, including the number of
visits, feelings about Sanya, activities and surfing experience.
A: Hello, Jacky. Have you ever been to Sanya?
B:Yes, I have.It's a beautiful coastal city.
A:How many times have you been there?
B:Only once. I went with my family two years ago.
A:(1)_____ ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(改为特殊疑问句，询问对三亚的看法)
B: It's great! I really love it. The blue sea and soft beaches made me feel relaxed.
B:Yes, I did. I went swimming in the sea every morning. Sometimes my uncle and I surfed.
A:Surfed? That sounds cool!(3)
⋯⋯⋯⋯?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: I learned to surf from my uncle. He's a good surfer and taught me carefully.
B: It took me about a week to learn surfing. At first, I often fell off the board, but I got better
soon.
A:I've never tried surfing. (5)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(改为一般疑问句，询问是否
愿意教冲浪)
A:(6)
_!(改为How感叹句，感叹计划很棒)
B:Yeah! We'll have a great time there.
答题区域
练习1
A:(2)
⋯⋯⋯⋯?(改为一般疑问句)
A:(4)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯
?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: Of course! I'llteach you how to surf next summer holiday.
答案
练习2
答案
(1)
(1)
(3)
(3)
(2)
___
(2)
第33页，共163页
(4)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(4)
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1参考答案
1. Where did you buy these mascots
2. What cute mascots they are
3. How many times have you been to China
4. When was the 2008 Beijing Olympic Games held
5.How heavy is an adult panda
6.Do you know the meaning of the panda mascot
练习1逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B回答“在北京买的”,核心是“询问吉祥物购买地点”;②句型匹配：
用"Where"引导特殊疑问句，结合B的"bought"(一般过去时),助动词用“did",宾语
“these mascots”指代前文提到的物品，语义精准。
2.解析：①语境提示：B补充“是奥运福娃”,核心是“感叹吉祥物可爱”;②句型匹配：用
"What"引导感叹句(结构：What+形容词+名词复数+主语+谓语),"cute mascots"
贴合“可爱”的描述，符合初中感叹句基础结构。
3.解析：①语境提示：B回答“只去过一次”,核心是“询问去中国的次数”;②句型匹配：用
“how many times”引导特殊疑问句，结合B的"have been to”(现在完成时),助动词用
“have”,时态、语义完全对应。
4.解析：①语境提示：B回答“2008年举办”,核心是“询问奥运会举办时间”;②句型匹
配：用“When”引导特殊疑问句，结合B的“was held”(一般过去时被动语态),语序正
确，符合事件时间提问逻辑。
5.解析：①语境提示：B回答“成年熊猫100-150公斤”,核心是“询问熊猫体重”;②句型匹
配：用"how heavy"引导特殊疑问句，结合B的“is”(一般现在时),主语“an adult
panda”明确，符合动物特征提问习惯。
(5) _______ ⋯⋯⋯(5)
(6)
_____ (6)
第34页，共163页
6.解析：①语境提示：B建议“查中国文化书”,核心是“询问熊猫吉祥物的意义”;②句型匹
配：用“Do you know...”引导一般疑问句，宾语“the meaning of the panda mascot”直接
对应“意义”的话题，简单易懂。
练习2参考答案
1. What do you think of Sanya/How do you like Sanya
2. Did you go swimming in the sea
3.Who did you learn to surf from
4. How long did it take you to learn surfing
5. Would you like to teach me how to surf
6. How great/good our plan is
练习2逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B回答“很棒，很喜欢”,核心是“询问对三亚的看法”;②句型匹配：
用"What do you think of...How do you like..."(初中常用观点提问句式),直接对应B的
感受描述。
2.解析：①语境提示：B回答“每天去海里游泳”,核心是“询问是否游泳”;②句型匹配：用
"Did you..”引导一般疑问句(结合B的“did”,一般过去时),谓语“go swimming in the
sea”与B的回答完全对应，逻辑连贯。
3.解析：①语境提示：B回答“向叔叔学的冲浪”,核心是“询问冲浪的老师”;②句型匹配：
用“Who”引导特殊疑问句，结合B的“learned from my uncle”,语义直接对应，符合人物
身份提问逻辑。
4.解析：①语境提示：B回答“大约一周”,核心是“询问学冲浪的时间”;②句型匹配：用
“how long”引导特殊疑问句，结合B的“took”(一般过去时),“it take sb.to do sth.”结构
正确，符合时间长度提问习惯。
5.解析：①语境提示：B回答“当然愿意，明年教你”,核心是“询问是否愿意教冲浪”;②句
型匹配：用“Would you like to...”(礼貌请求句式),贴合B的肯定回应，比"Can you.."
更委婉，符合交际用语要求。
6.解析：①语境提示：B说“会玩得很开心”,核心是“感叹计划很棒”;②句型匹配：用
"How”引导感叹句(结构：How+形容词+主语+谓语), "great our plan is”贴合“冲浪
计划”的话题，语法正确，情绪表达自然。
第35页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY 9
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景，在横线处填写完整句子，横线后已标注句型类型；答案需符合语
境，语法正确，问答逻辑一致。
练习1(Talking About Being II)
Dialogue Context: Alice is asking about Bob's ilness and giving advice on how to get
better.
A: Hello. (1)_
________?(改为特殊疑问句，询问身体状况)
B: I have a runny nose and my throat is aching badly. I feel terrible.
A:Did you take your temperature?
B:(2)
________.(改为陈述句) I don't have a fever.
A:You'd better drink hot water with honey and lemon. It's good for your throat.
B:(3).
_______?(改为一般疑问句)
A:Yes, you should take some medicine. It can help with your sore throat.
B:(4).
_______?(改为特殊疑问句)
A:Well, you should take the medicine twice a day—once in the morning and once in the
evening.
B: Got it.(5)_
_________?(改为特殊疑问句)
A: It willtake about two or three days if you rest well and take medicine on time.
B: Thanks a lot for your advice. Goodbye.
A:(6)_
______, won't you?(改为反义疑问句)Bye.
B:Yes, I will get better soon!
第36页，共163页
练习2(Going to the Class Vegetable Field)
Dialogue Context: Alice and Kate are talking about going to the class vegetable field to get
tomatoes and growing experiences.
A: Hi, Kate. (1)⋯
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(改为特殊疑问句)
B:I'm going to the vegetable field of our class to get some tomatoes.
A: That's interesting. (2)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(改为一般疑问句)
B: Of course, Steve. Let's go together. The tomatoes are almost ripe.
A:Great! (3)
_?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: We water them once a week. Too much water is bad for their roots.
A: I see.(4).
⋯⋯?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: Miss Green teaches us to grow the tomatoes. She knows a lot about gardening.
A:You must love her very much.
B:(5)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(改为陈述句，肯定喜爱之情)Sheismyfavorite
teacher.
B: They taste very sweet! We shared some with the class last week.
答题区域
练习1
答案
A:(6).
(1)
⋯⋯⋯?(改为特殊疑问句)
(1)
(2)
_(2)
(3)
⋯⋯⋯(3)
(4)
___
(4)
(5)
___
(5)
(6)
_______ (6)
练习2
答案
第37页，共163页
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1参考答案
1. What's wrong with you
2.Yes, I did
3. Should I take some medicine
4. How often should I take the medicine
5. How long willt take to get better
6.You will get better soon
练习1逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B回答“流鼻涕、喉咙痛”,核心是“询问身体不适”;②句型匹配：特
殊疑问句用"What's wrong with you"(初中常用询问身体状况句式),直接对应 B的病情
描述，答案唯一。
2.解析：①语境提示：A问“是否量体温”,B后句“没发烧”,说明已量过，需用肯定陈述
句；②句型匹配："Yes, I did”(呼应A的一般过去时“Did you.⋯"),时态一致，逻辑连
贯，无其他合理回答。
3.解析：①语境提示：A回答“是的，你应该吃药”,核心是“询问是否需要吃药”;②句型匹
配：一般疑问句用“Should 1...”(征求建议常用句式),贴合A的建议类回应，语法正确。
4.解析：①语境提示：A回答“一天两次”,核心是“询问吃药频率”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问
句用"how often”引导，结合"should I take",与A的频率描述完全对应，答案唯一。
5.解析：①语境提示：A回答“两三周恢复”,核心是“询问恢复时间”;②句型匹配：特殊疑
问句用"how long”引导，结合“willit take",贴合“恢复时长”的话题，逻辑自然。
6.解析：①语境提示：遵循“前肯后否”规则(后半句已给“won't you”);②句型匹配：回
答用“Iwill get better soon”(我很快会好起来的),是初中基础表达，既贴合B生病的场
景，又符合反义疑问句结构，语气亲切自然。
练习2参考答案
1. Where are you going
2. Can Igo with you
3.How often do you water the tomatoes
第38页，共163页
4. Who teaches you to grow the tomatoes
5.Yes, I do
6. How do the tomatoes taste
练习 2逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B回答“去班级菜园摘西红柿”,核心是“询问去向”;②句型匹配：特
殊疑问句用"Where are you going”(现在进行时表将来，初中基础),补充"the"
(vegetable field为可数名词单数，需加定冠词),语法正确，直接对应B的目的地描
述，答案唯一。
2.解析：①语境提示：B回答“当然，一起去”,核心是“询问能否同行”;②句型匹配：一般
疑问句用“Can I go with you”(请求同行常用句式),贴合B的肯定回应，语法简单。
3.解析：①语境提示：B回答“一周一次”,核心是“询问浇水频率”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问
句用“how often”引导，结合"do you water",与B的频率描述完全对应，无其他合理提
问。
4.解析：①语境提示：B回答“格林老师教我们”,核心是“询问指导老师”;②句型匹配：特
殊疑问句用“who”引导，结合“teaches you”,直接对应B的老师描述，语义精准。
5.解析：①语境提示：A说“你一定很爱她”,B后句“她是我最喜欢的老师”,需用肯定陈述
句； ②句型匹配："Yes, I do"(呼应A的“must love”,一般现在时),时态一致，表达明
确。
6.解析：①语境提示：B回答“很甜”,核心是“询问西红柿口感”;②句型匹配：特殊疑问句
用“how”引导，结合“do the tomatoes taste”,贴合B的口感描述，简单易懂。
第39页，共163页
上海新中考英语之景对话填空专项练习
DAY 10
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景，在横线处填写完整句子(均为问句或感叹句),横线后已标注句型
类型；答案需符合语境，语法正确，问答逻辑一致。
练习1(Talking About the Speech and Labor)
Dialogue Context: Alice and Peter are talking about Peter's weekend speech on labor, and
they discuss how to help parents through small labor.
A: Hi,Peter!(1) ________________?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: I'm going to attend a speech this weekend. It's a school activity about labor.
A: A speech about labor?(2)______ ________________?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: It's about "Labor is a great thing."As middle school students in the new age, we should
fully develop ourselves through labor.
A:Yes! Labor can teach us responsibility,(3)___________?(改为反意疑
问句)
B: Exactly! What can we do to practice labor in daily life?
A:We can do a lot of small things.(4).
_____________?(改为特殊疑问句)
B: We can help our parents in the following way. For example, we can get up early and cook
noodles for our parents. Thats a nice idea!
A:Yes, cooking is a good way. (5)
____________?(改为一般疑问句)
B: Sure,I can cook lots of food for my parents.
A:(6)________
________!(改为How感叹句，称赞对方很独立)
B: Thank you. I think you can also try cooking for your parents.
第40页，共163页
练习2(Talking About Post-Exam Plans)
Dialogue Context: Tony and Peter are discussing their plans after exams, mainly about
traveling to Xi'an and Guanshan Grassland.
Tony: Exams are over!(1)________________?(改为特殊疑问句)
Peter: I have no idea what to do. Do you have any good ideas?
Tony:Yes! I want to relax myself, so I plan to go on a trip.(2)
____________?(改为特殊疑问句，用how about 引导，邀请同行)
Peter: Sounds great! But (3)__________________?(改为一般疑问句，询问 Tony
是否去过其他城市)
Tony: Yes. I have been to Xian before. It's a city with a long history.
Peter:Xi'an? I've heard of it!(4)_
__________?(改为特殊疑问句)
Tony: I went there two years ago. I visited the Terracotta Army and the City Wall.
Peter:(5)_
_?(改为特殊疑问句，询问对西安的看法)
Tony: It's great! I really like the city— the food there is delicious too.
Peter: Where do you plan to go this time?
Tony: I hope to go to Guanshan Grassland. (6)______?(改为一般
疑问句，再次邀请同行)
Peter: Of course! I can't wait to go there with you.
答题区域
练习1
答案
练习2
答案
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(5)
(5)
(6)
(6)
第41页，共163页
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1参考答案
1. What are you going to do this weekend
2. What is the speech about
3. can't it
4.How can we help our parents through labor
5.Can you cook for your parents
6. How independent you are
练习1逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B明确回答“周末要去参加演讲”,核心是“询问对方周末的计划”;②
句型匹配：用"What"引导特殊疑问句，结合B句的“am going to”(一般将来时),助动
词“are you going to do”与回答的时态、语义完全对应，符合日常询问计划的逻辑，答案
唯一。
2.解析：①语境提示：B直接说明“演讲主题是‘劳动很伟大”,核心是“询问演讲的具体主
题”;②句型匹配：用"What"引导特殊疑问句，聚焦"the speech about",与B的主题描
述精准契合，无其他合理提问方向，语法简单明确。
3.解析：①语境提示：B回应“Exactly! What can we do.⋯”。说明认同A的观点并想进一步
探讨做法，核心是“确认‘劳动能教会我们责任感’这一观点”;②句型匹配：反意疑问句遵循
“前肯后否”规则，前句“Labor can teach us responsibility”为肯定句(情态动词can 表能
力/作用),后句需用“can't it”(it指代 "Labor can teach us responsibility”这件事),符
合反意疑问句语法结构，语气自然贴合对话逻辑。
4.解析：①语境提示：B举例“给父母做面条”,说明是“通过具体方式帮助父母”,核心是
“询问帮助父母的劳动方式”;②句型匹配：用"How”引导特殊疑问句(符合题目“加入
how系列”的要求),结合"help our parents through labor",直接对应 B的具体做法，语
义明确，符合初中表达习惯。
5.解析：①语境提示：B回答“当然会，还会做很多菜给父母”,核心是“询问对方是否会给
父母做饭”;②句型匹配：用“Can you.⋯"引导一般疑问句，聚焦“cook for your
parents”,与B的烹饪能力描述完全对应，时态一致(一般现在时),语法简洁。
6.解析：①语境提示：B说“会做很多菜给父母”,体现“独立照顾家人的能力”,题目要求
“称赞对方很独立”;②句型匹配：用"How"引导感叹句(结构：How+形容词+主语+谓
语),"independent you are"直接呼应“独立”的称赞要求，与题目要求完全一致，情绪表
达贴切。
第42页，共163页
练习2参考答案
1. What are you going to do after the exams
2.How about going on the trip with me
3. Have you been to any other cities before
4. When did you go to Xi'an
5. What do you think of Xian
6. Would you like to go there with me
练习2逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B回答“没想法，求建议”,核心是“询问对方考试后的计划”;②句型
匹配：用"What”引导特殊疑问句，结合“after the exams"(对话背景),助动词“are you
going to do”与B的“I have no idea”时态一致(一般将来时表计划),逻辑连贯，无表述
偏差。
2.解析：①语境提示：B回应"Sounds great!",说明认同旅行计划，核心是“邀请对方一起
旅行”;②句型匹配：用"How about⋯"引导特殊疑问句(符合题目“加入how系列”的要
求),"going on the trip with me"为“how about+动名词”的正确结构，比“Can you.⋯”更
委婉，符合初中交际用语习惯。
3.解析：①语境提示：B回答“去过西安”,核心是“询问对方是否去过其他城市”;②句型匹
配：用"Have you been to...”引导一般疑问句(现在完成时，表“过去经历”),结合“any
other cities",与B的"have been to Xian”时态、话题完全对应，答案唯一。
4.解析：①语境提示：B回答“两年前去的”,核心是“询问去西安的时间”;②句型匹配：用
"When”引导特殊疑问句，结合B的“went"(一般过去时),助动词用“did”,时态精准对
应(一般过去时表过去动作的时间),符合时间提问的逻辑。
5.解析：①语境提示：B回答“很棒，喜欢这座城市，食物也好吃”,核心是“询问对西安的
整体看法”;②句型匹配：用"What do you think of..."(初中常用观点提问句式),直接对
应B的感受描述，比“How do you like...”更常用。
6.解析：①语境提示：B回答“当然愿意，迫不及待”,核心是“再次邀请对方去关山草原”;
②句型匹配：用"Would you like to...引导一般疑问句(礼貌邀请句式),"go there with
me”中的“there”指代前句"Guanshan Grassland",避免重复，贴合B的肯定回应，符合
初中邀请场景的礼貌表达要求。
第43页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY11
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景，在横线处填写完整句子(均为问句或感叹句),横线后已标注句型
类型；答案需符合语境，语法正确，问答逻辑一致，
练习1(Talking About Traffic Safety)
Dialogue Context: A and B are discussing the recent terrible traffic accident and traffic
safety rules, especially for students walking, riding bikes and taking buses.
A:The traffic accident happening several days ago was really terrible.
B:Yes, traffic safety is very important for us students.(1)________
_?
(询问能否给出一些安全建议)
A:Yes, here are some advice on keeping safe on the roads. Students should always keep
right on the roads.And remember it's very dangerous to play on the roads.
B: Students riding bikes are more likely to have accidents.(2)
_to keep safe while riding?
A: They should obey the traffic rules and shouldn't ride too fast. It's dangerous to have
something in hands while riding.
B:You're right.Danger is everywhere if we are careless.(3)
?
A:To stay safe,remember not to get on the bus until it stops, and it's very important to have
a look at the roads before getting off.
B: That's true. (4)_______________?
A: That's a good idea. Let's have a traffic safety talk in our class. Tell t to our teacher!
B:(5)_
?
A:We shallgo after class this afternoon.
B: OK,after class is fine.
A: And we need to tell her our plan clearly.(6)______________!(改为How
感叹句，强调计划的重要性)
B: Exactly! Traffic safety should be talked about by everyone in class.
第44页，共163页
练习2(Talking About Volunteer Activity in Mountain Village)
Dialogue Context:Alice meets Mike after a long time and asks about his experience in a
mountain village, including the volunteer activity and the children there.
A:Hello,Mike! I haven't seen you for a long time.(1)________________?(
B: I've been to a mountain village. It's a small place with very kind people.
A:(2)______________?
B: For a week. Our school organized a volunteer activity there, so we stayed longer to help.
A: A volunteer activity?(3)____________(改为What 感叹句，称赞活动有
意义)
B: Thanks!We gave some money and school things away to the children there. They were
very happy.
A: That's sweet! Did you do anything interesting else?
B:Yeah. We lived together with the children in their homes and made frends with them.
A: Great! (4)_
____________?(改为特殊疑问句，询问孩子情况)
B: Though they live a hard life, they study very hard. They even read books under the weak
light at night.
A:What great children! (5)
_____________________?(询问下次是否还会去)
B:Yes,Next weekend,we are going to another village. Would you like to come?
A:(6)
_!(改为How感叹句，表达很高兴愿意加入你们)
B: Perfect! We'l meet at the school gate at 8 a.m.next Saturday.
答题区域
练习1
答案
练习2
答案
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(5)
(5)
(6)
(6)
第45页，共163页
参考答案
练习1参考答案
1. Can you give us some advice on keeping safe on the roads
2. What should they do
3. Why should we remember not to get on the bus until it stop
4. How about having a traffic safety talk in our class
5. When shall we go
6. How important our plan is
练习2参考答案
1. Where have you been these days
2. How long did you stay there
3. What a meaningful activity it is
4. What do you think of the children?
5. Will you go to the village again next time
6. How glad lam to join you
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B强调“交通安全对学生重要”,A后续直接给出“道路安全建议”,核
心是“向A寻求交通安全相关建议”;②句型匹配：用"Can you give us⋯"引导一般疑问句
(符合“询问能否提供建议”的句式),宾语“some advice on keeping safe on the roads”
与A回答中的“advice on keeping safe on the roads”完全对应，逻辑连贯。
2.解析：①语境提示：B指出“骑车学生易出事故”,A回答“骑车需遵守的规则”,核心是“询
问骑车学生的安全做法”;②句型匹配：用“What should they do...”引导特殊疑问句，后
接“to keep safe while riding”明确场景(骑车时),与A提到的“obey the traffic rules、
not ride too fast"等做法精准契合，语义明确。
3.解析：①语境提示：A后续讲解“乘车上下车的安全要点”,核心是“询问为何要遵守‘车停
再上车、下车看路况’的规则”;②句型匹配：用“Why”引导特殊疑问句(答案以"Why
should we.⋯”开头),聚焦“遵守乘车安全规则的原因”,自然衔接前文“骑车安全”到“乘
车安全”的话题，符合对话逻辑。
第46页，共163页
4.解析：①语境提示：A回应“是好主意”并提议“班级交通安全讨论”,核心是“建议宣传交
通安全的具体方式”;②句型匹配：用"How about...”引导特殊疑问句(符合题目“加入
how系列”要求),"having a traffic safety talk in our class"直接对应A后续的“班级讨论”
提议，语气委婉，符合“提出建议”的日常表达。
5.解析：①语境提示：A回答“下午课后去”,核心是“询问去老师那里的时间”;②句型匹
配：用"When shallwe...”引导特殊疑问句(答案以"When shall we.⋯."开头),直接聚焦
“时间”,与A给出的“after class this afternoon”完全对应，语法简洁，符合“询问计划时
间”的逻辑。
6.解析：①语境提示：A强调“需清晰告知老师计划”,核心是“突出计划的重要性”;②句型
匹配：用"How”引导感叹句(结构：How+形容词+主语+谓语),"important our plan
is”直接呼应“清晰告知计划”的必要性，情绪表达贴切，符合初中感叹句基础结构。
练习2逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B回答“去了山村”,核心是“询问 Mike这段时间的去向”;②句型匹
配：用"Where have you been⋯”引导特殊疑问句(现在完成时，表“过去到现在的经
历”),与B的“Tve been to a mountain village”时态完全对应，符合“久别重逢问去向”的
日常场景。
2.解析：①语境提示：B回答“待了一周”,核心是“询问 Mike 在山村的停留时间”;②句型
匹配：用"How long"引导特殊疑问句(符合题目“加入 how系列”要求),结合“did you
stay"(一般过去时，表“过去停留的时长”),与B的"For a week”精准对应，语法正确。
3.解析：①语境提示：B说明“给孩子捐赠钱和学习用品”,核心是“称赞志愿活动有意义”;
②句型匹配：用"What"引导感叹句(结构：What + a/an+形容词+名词+主语+谓
语), "a meaningful activity”直接呼应"volunteer activity",符合“称赞他人公益行为”的表
达习惯。
4.解析：①语境提示：B后续回答“孩子生活艰苦但学习刻苦”,核心是“A主动询问 Mike 对
山村孩子的整体看法”;②句型匹配：“What do you think of the children?”是初中阶段询问
他人观点的常用句式(“What do you think of..?”表“你认为⋯⋯怎么样?”),直接聚焦
"对孩子的评价”,能自然引出B对孩子生活、学习状态的描述，完美衔接前文“和孩子相
处”到“评价孩子”的对话逻辑，语义精准且符合日常交际表达。
5.解析：①语境提示：B回答“下周末去另一个山村”,核心是“询问 Mike是否还会去山村开
展活动”;②句型匹配：用“Will you.⋯.引导特殊疑问句(一般将来时，表“对未来计划的
询问”),与B的"Next weekend, we are going to.⋯.”时态一致，符合“询问他人未来活动
安排”的表达逻辑。
6.解析：①语境提示：B邀请“A加入下次山村志愿活动”,核心是"A表达愿意加入的兴奋与
期待”;②句型匹配：用"How”引导感叹句(结构：How+形容词+主语+谓语),"glad
第47页，共163页
l am to join you”中“glad”直接体现情绪，“join you”呼应B的邀请，情绪饱满且符合初中
“接受邀请”的积极表达场景。
第48页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY 12
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景，在横线处填写完整句子(均为问句或感叹句),横线后已标注句型
类型；答案需符合语境，语法正确，问答逻辑一致。
练习1(Talking About Delayed Takeaway)
Dialogue Context: A staff member from Antu Restaurant answers a callfrom a customer,
who complains about delayed takeaway delivery. They communicate to solve the problem,
resolve misunderstanding and confirm the waiting time.
A: Hello, Antu Restaurant speaking.(1)_
_?
B: Hello, sir. I ordered some food in your restaurant for delivery service(外卖服务).But it has
not arrived yet.
A:'m so sorry for the delay.(2)
_?
B: I have waited for 45minutes! There is no doubt that I will give some bad comments(评论)
on you because of your service.
A: Sorry, Madam. I will do everything to help you solve the problem. (3)
?(一般疑问句，请求提供订单号)
B: Sure,my order number is 1801 12329256 9685 003.
A:Please wait for a second.(1 minute later) It shows that the delivery man got your food 30
minutes ago.
B: That's right! I should have got the food now.(4)______________?(询问配
送员迟到原因)
A: Maybe because of the rain. I will call him to check the situation.
B: Oh, I almost forget about the heavy rain! 'm sorry for my impoliteness just now.Don't
worry. Safety always comes first.
A:(5)
______!(表达感谢理解)
B:It's OK. I'll wait a little longer. (6) ________?
A: Thank you again. We'll send you a small gift with your food as an apology, and the
delivery man willarrive in about 10 minutes.
练习2(Talking About Unanswered Call and Friend Problem)
第49页，共163页
Dialogue Context: Alice talks to Tom about why Tom didn't answer the call last night (Tom
was reading Journey to the West), discusses their reading preferences, and Alice asks Tom
for advice on solving a fight with his best friend.
A:Hello, Tom, I called you last night, but nobody answered.(1)
?
B: 1 was reading a book Journey to the West. I couldn't put itdown and didn't hear it.
A:(2)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯
⋯?
B: I think it is interesting. It's my favorite book.(3)
_?
A:Yes, I do. i like classic novels very much—they have rich stories and deep meanings.
By the way,(4)
?
B:Not yet. I plan to finish reading it next week.
A: That's a good plan! By the way,why did I callyou⋯⋯Ohright,Ineedyourhelp.
B:(5).
⋯⋯⋯?(询问遇到的具体问题)
A:I fought with my best friend yesterday. We argued about a small thing, but neither of us
wanted to say sorry. I didn't know how to deal with it. Could you give some advice?
B:(6).
⋯⋯⋯(给出解决建议)
A:Good idea! Thanks a lot. I'lltry to talk to him after class today.
B:You're welcome. I hope you two can make up soon.
答题区域
练习1
答案
(1)
(1)
(2)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(2)
(3)
____⋯⋯⋯⋯(3)
(4)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(4)
(5)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(5)
(6)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(6)
练习2
答案
第50页，共163页
参考答案
练习1参考答案
1. What can ldo for you/How can Ihelp you/Can Ihelp you
2. How long have you waited (for the food)
3.Could you (please) tell me your order number
4.Why hasn't the delivery man arrived yetWhy is the delivery man late
5. Thank you(very much)/Thank you for your kind understanding
6.How soon will the delivery man arive
练习2参考答案
1. What were you doing at that time/What were you doing then
2. How do you like it/What do you think of it
3. Do you like classic novels
4.Have you finished reading it yet
5.What's wrong with you/What trouble did you meet/What happened to you
6.You'd better talk to him calmly and explain your feelings
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：A作为餐厅接线员，接电话后需先主动询问顾客需求，B后续说明
“外卖未送达”,核心是“开启服务对话，明确顾客诉求”;②句型匹配："What can I do for
you/How can I help you”是服务场景常用的一般疑问句，符合“先问需求再解决问题”的逻
辑，自然引出 B的投诉内容。
2.解析：①语境提示：B回答“等待了45分钟”,核心是“了解顾客等待外卖的具体时长，判
断延误程度”;②句型匹配：用"How long"引导特殊疑问句(符合“how系列”要求),时
态为现在完成时(have waited),与B的“have waited for 45 minutes”时态完全一致，
精准对应“询问持续时间”的需求。
3.解析：①语境提示：B提供了具体订单号，核心是“获取订单信息以查询外卖配送状态”;
②句型匹配：用"Could you(please) tell me...”引导委婉的一般疑问句，宾语“your order
number"与B回答的"order number”完全对应，语气礼貌，符合“解决问题需核对信息”的
服务场景。
第51页，共163页
4.解析：①语境提示：A后续解释“下雨可能导致延误”,核心是“顾客疑惑配送员已取餐却
未送达的原因”;②句型匹配：用“Why”引导特殊疑问句，聚焦“延误原因”,与A的
"because of the rain"形成因果呼应，符合顾客“急于知晓原因”的心理。
5.解析：①语境提示：B主动道歉“刚才不礼貌”并表示“理解安全优先”,核心是“餐厅感谢
顾客的包容，缓解矛盾”;②句型匹配：用"Thank you."”引导感叹句，"for your kind
understanding”直接呼应B的理解态度，符合“化解冲突后表达感谢”的交际逻辑，语气真
诚。
6.解析：①语境提示：A后续回应“约10分钟后送达”,核心是“顾客在理解延误后，想确认
后续等待时间”;②句型匹配：用"How soon”引导特殊疑问句("How soon”用于询问“多
久之后”),与A的“in about 10 minutes”精准对应，逻辑连贯。
练习2逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B回答“当时在看《西游记》”,核心是“询问 Tom未接电话时正在进
行的动作”;②句型匹配：用"What were you doing⋯.引导特殊疑问句，时态为过去进行
时(were doing),与B的"was reading”时态一致，精准对应“过去某一时刻正在发生的
动作”,符合“追问未接电话原因”的逻辑。
2.解析：①语境提示：B评价“书很有趣，是最爱”,核心是“询问 Tom对《西游记》的主观
感受”;②句型匹配："How do you like it/What do you think of it”是初中阶段询问“对事物
看法”的常用特殊疑问句，与B的“it is interesting”评价完全对应，语义明确，符合“讨论
书籍感受”的场景。
3.解析：①语境提示：A回答“喜欢经典小说，觉得故事丰富”,核心是"Tom进一步了解A
的阅读偏好，衔接‘书籍讨论到阅读兴趣’的话题”;②句型匹配：用"Do you like classic
novels”引导一般疑问句，直接聚焦“经典小说偏好”,与A的回答完全呼应，让对话从单一
书籍延伸到阅读类型，逻辑更流畅。
4.解析：①语境提示：B回答“还没读完，计划下周读完”,核心是“A询问 Tom是否已完成
《西游记》的阅读”;②句型匹配：用"Have you finished reading it yet"引导一般疑问
句，时态为现在完成时(have finished),与B的"Not yet"(现在完成时的否定回应)时
态一致，精准对应“询问动作是否完成”的需求，符合“跟进书籍阅读进度”的讨论逻辑。
5.解析：①语境提示：A说明“和好友吵架，不知如何处理”,核心是“Tom 主动询问A需要
帮助的具体困扰”;②句型匹配："What's wrong with you/What trouble did you meet"是日
常交际中“询问他人问题”的常用表达，语气关切，能自然引出A的具体求助内容，避免对
话突兀，符合“朋友间提供帮助”的场景。
6.解析：①语境提示：A回应“好主意”并表示会尝试，核心是“Tom给出解决朋友矛盾的实
用建议”;②句型匹配：用“You'd better.⋯”引导感叹句("You'd better”表委婉建议),
talk to him calmly and explain your feelings”是解决朋友争吵的合理方法——既强调沟通
第52页，共163页
态度，又关注情感表达，符合初中生解决人际矛盾的认知范围，与A的“需要advice”需求
完全对应。
第53页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY 13
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景，在横线处填写完整句子(均为问句或感叹句),横线后已标注句型
类型；答案需符合语境，语法正确，问答逻辑一致。
练习1(Talking About School Sports Meeting Registration)
Dialogue Context: Lisa and Jack are talking about the upcoming school sports meeting.
Lisa is hesitant about registering(报名),and Jack gives suggestions based on her
strengths.
A:Hi Jack! Our school will hold the sports meeting next month.(1)
?
B: Of course! I will sign up for the 1000-meter run. What about you, Lisa? You're good at
sports, right?
A:I'm not sure. There are so many events, and(2)________?(表示
不知道参加哪个)
B: I think you can try the long jump! You jumped really far in PE class last time,(3)
__?(反意疑问句)
A: Oh right! I almost forgot. But I'm a little nervous—I've never participated in a school-level
long jump competition.
B: Don't worry! (4)_
__________?(询问是否需要陪练)
A: That would be great! Thank you so much, Jack. By the way,(5)
_?
B: It ends this Friday afternoon.You need to fillin the form at the PE office before 5p.m.
A: OK, I'll go there tomorrow.(6)_
_________!(表达期待)
B: I'm sure you'll do well. Le's practice together after school tomorrow.
练习2(Preparing for Class Book Sharing Session)
Dialogue Context:Mike(class monitor) and Sarah are preparing for the monthly class
book sharing session. They discuss participation, book selection, sharing form and
preparation details.
A:Hi Sarah! Our class will hold the book sharing session next Tuesday.(1)
_?
第54页，共163页
B: I'd love to! I just finished a great book last week, and I want to share it with classmates.
But(2)_
⋯⋯⋯⋯?
A: Each person can talk for 3-5 minutes-just introduce the main story and your favorite part.
That's not too long,right?
B:Perfect! The book I chose is The Litle Prince. (3)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?
A: It's not necessary, but you can bring pictures of the book's characters if you want—they'l
make your sharing more interesting.
B: Good idea! By the way, (4)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯
____ _?
A: About 8 classmates have signed up.You can write your name on the list on the
blackboard later.
B:OK. What if I'm too nervous to speak in front of the class?
A:Don't worry! (5)_
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(询问是否需要帮忙)
B: That would be really helpful! Thank you, Mike.
A:You're welcome. I believe your sharing will be wonderful.
B: I hope so.(6)_
_!(表达对活动的期待)
A: Me too! Let's make this book sharing session more fun for everyone.
答题区域
练习1
答案
练习2
答案
(1)
(1)
(2)
⋯⋯⋯⋯(2)
(3)
__
_(3)
(4)
__
_(4)
(5)
⋯⋯⋯⋯(5)
(6)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(6)
第55页，共163页
参考答案
练习1参考答案
1.Will you sign up for it
2.I don't know which one to choose
3. didn't you
4.Do you need me to practice with you
5. When will the registration end?
6.I'm really looking forward to it
练习2参考答案
1. Would you like to take part in it
2. How long can each person talk for the shaning
3.Do we need to prepare any props for the sharing
4.How many classmates have already signed up
5.Do you need me to help you
6.Imso looking forward to this book sharing session
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B回答“当然，计划报1000米”,核心是“A询问Jack是否报名运动
会”;②句型匹配：用"Will you sign up for it”引导一般疑问句，聚焦“报名动作”,符合“开
启运动会报名话题”的逻辑，自然引出B的具体计划。
2.解析：①语境提示：B建议“A参加跳远”,核心是“A 因项目多而犹豫，表达选择困难”;
②句型匹配："I don't know which one to choose”直接呼应“so many events”,符合“犹豫
时的表达习惯”,为B的建议做铺垫。
3.解析：①语境提示：A回应“差点忘了体育课的事”,核心是"Jack 用反意疑问句确认A对
过往经历的记忆”;②句型匹配：“didn't you”搭配前文“You jumped really far.⋯..”,符合反
意疑问句“前肯后否”规则，强化“推荐跳远”的理由。
4.解析：①语境提示：A回答“太好了，谢谢”,核心是"Jack 主动提供陪练帮助，询问A的
需求”;②句型匹配：“Do you need me to practice with you”用"need sb.to do”结构表达
关切，贴合“朋友间提供支持”的场景，缓解A的紧张情绪。
第56页，共163页
5.解析：①语境提示：B回答“周五下午5点截止”,核心是“A询问报名截止时间，避免错
过”;②句型匹配：“When willthe registration end?”用"When”引导特殊疑问句，精准对
应“截止时间”,符合“确认重要时间节点”的需求，registration来源于引言部分的
rregistering,
6.解析：①语境提示：B回应“相信你会表现好，明天陪练”,核心是“A确定报名后，表达
对运动会的期待”;②句型匹配：“I'm really looking forward to it”直接体现积极情绪，衔接
“明天去报名”的行动，让对话收尾自然。
练习2逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B回答“愿意参加，想分享刚读完的书”,核心是“Mike邀请Sarah 参
与读书分享会”;②句型匹配："Would you like to take part in it"用委婉语气发出邀请，符
合“班长组织活动时的礼貌表达”,成功引出B的参与意愿和分享计划。
2.解析：①语境提示：A回答“每人3-5分钟，介绍故事和喜欢的部分”,核心是"Sarah 询
问分享时长要求”;②句型匹配："How long can each person talk for the sharing”用"How
long”引导特殊疑问句(符合“how系列”要求),精准对应“时长”,帮助 Sarah 提前规划
分享内容。
3.解析：①语境提示：A回应“非必需，但可带角色图片”,核心是"Sarah 询问是否需要准
备道具辅助分享”;②句型匹配："Do we need to prepare any props for the sharing"用
"Do we need to..."引导一般疑问句，聚焦“道具准备”,体现Sarah 对分享细节的关注。
4.解析：①语境提示：A回答“约8人已报名，可在黑板名单签字”,核心是"Sarah 询问已
报名人数，了解活动参与情况”;②句型匹配："How many classmates have already
signed up”用“How many”引导特殊疑问句，对应“人数”回答，符合“确认活动热度”的需
求。
5.解析：①语境提示：B回答“非常有帮助，谢谢”,核心是"Mike 主动提出帮忙，缓解
Sarah的紧张”; ②句型匹配：“Do you need me to help you”用“need me to help”表达支
持，贴合“班长协助同学”的场景，解决 Sarah的担忧。
6.解析：①语境提示：A回应“我也期待，让活动更有趣”,核心是"Sarah了解所有细节
后，表达对读书分享会的期待”;②句型匹配："Pm looking forward to this book sharing
session”直接传递积极情绪，与前文“愿意参与、准备道具”呼应，让对话在期待氛围中收
尾。
第57页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY14
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景，在横线处填写完整句子(均为问句或感叹句),横线后已标注句型
类型；答案需符合语境，语法正确，问答逻辑一致。
练习1(Preparing for Class New Year's Day Party)
Dialogue Context: Cindy (class committee member) and Tom are discussing the class
New Year's Day party. They talk about program registration, program types, preparation
items, rehearsal time and final details.
A:Hi Tom! Our class willhold a New Year's Day party on December 29th.(1)
_?(邀请报名节目)
B: I'd love to! But I'′m not sure what program to perform—singing or dancing?
A:Both are great!(2)
_____?(选择疑问句，确认节目类型)
B: Maybe singing! I practiced a new song last month. Do we need to bring our own props,
like a microphone?
A: The class willprepare microphones and speakers, but(3)
____?(询问是否带装饰物品)
B:Yes, I can bring some colorful balloons—they'll make the classroom more lively.
A:Perfect! By the way,(4)__
________?(一般疑问句，确认排练时间)
B: I'm free every afternoon after school. We can practice in the music classroom.
A: So far, there are about 10 programs.Your singing willdefinitely be a highlight!
B: Thank you! (5)__________?(一般疑问句，询问是否需帮忙整理节目
单)
A: That would be a big help! 'm busy with decorating plans, soI need someone to list the
programs in order.
B: No problem! I'll inish it tonight and give it to you tomorrow.
A: Great! (6)_ _______________!(肯定协作效果)
练习2(Discussing How to Improve English Listening)
Dialogue Context: Lily and Jack are both worried about their English listening scores. They
share difficulties, recommend methods, talk about practice time, tools and how to solve
problems when listening.
第58页，共163页
A:Hi Jack!I got a low score in the English listening test again. I can't catch the speed of the
audio at all,(1)_ ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(反意疑问句)
B:Yes! I have the same problem. Sometimes lunderstand every word, but I stil can't get the
main idea.
A:(2)
_?
B: Sure, I have tried some useful methods.My English teacher suggested listening to
textbook recordings every morning—she said repeating after the audio helps.
A: That makes sense! (3)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?
B: About 20 minutes.
A:I usually practice randomly, so fI'l try setting a 20-minute slot every evening. What tools
do you use besides textbooks?
B: I watch short English cartoons sometimes—they're fun and the language is simple.(4)
_?(选择疑问句，问对方喜欢 cartoons 还是English songs)
A:I prefer English songs! I can sing along while listening, which is more interesting.
B: That's a good way too! What do you do when you meet new words in listening?
A:I just skip them, but I'm afraid I'l miss key information.(5)
?(询问对方处理生词的方法)
B: I write down the words Ihear but don't know, then check their meanings after practice. It
helps me remember them.
A:'ll try that! Thanks for sharing these tips.
B:You're welcome!(6)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯!(鼓励共同练习，共同进步)
答题区域
练习1
答案
练习2
答案
(1)
(1)
(2)
⋯⋯(2)
(3)
___ ⋯⋯⋯(3)
(4)
__ ⋯⋯⋯(4)
(5)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(5)
(6)
_____
⋯⋯⋯(6)
第59页，共163页
参考答案
练习1参考答案
1. Will you sign up for a program
2.Do you want fo sing a song or dance
3.do you have any decorations to bring
4.Are you free to practice after school
5. Can I help you sort out the program list/Do you need someone to help you sort out the
program list
6.Working together will make the party go smoothly
练习2参考答案
1.can l
2.Did youtry any useful methods
3.How long do you practice each day?
4.Do you like English cartoons or English songs better
5.How do you deal with new words when listening
6. Let's keep practicing and improve our listening together
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B明确回应“愿意参加但不确定表演形式”,核心是Cindy 以班委身
份，主动邀请 Tom参与联欢会节目报名；②句型匹配：“Will you sign up for a program”
为一般疑问句，直接聚焦“节目报名”动作，符合“组织活动时礼貌邀请”的场景逻辑，自然
引出B后续的选择犹豫。
2.解析：①语境提示：B最终确定“可能唱歌，且提前练过新歌”,核心是Cindy 用选择疑问
句帮 Tom缩小节目类型范围，化解其犹豫；②句型匹配："Do you want to sing a song or
dance”精准对应B之前提到的“singing or dancing”两种选项，通过选择句式降低决策难
度，推动节目类型确认。
3.解析：①语境提示：B同意“带彩色气球装饰教室”,核心是Cindy 补充询问装饰物品准
备，完善联欢会细节(营造节日氛围);②句型匹配："do you have any decorations to
bring”为特殊疑问句，聚焦“装饰物品”,体现 Cindy 对活动细节的周全考虑，贴合联欢会
场景需求。
第60页，共163页
4.解析：①语境提示：B详细说明“放学后有空，可在音乐教室排练”,核心是Cindy 确认
Tom的排练时间，便于协调整体排练安排；②句型匹配：“Are you free to practice after
school”为一般疑问句，直接询问“时间是否空闲”,与B的时间回复完全对应，为后续集体
排练铺垫。
5.解析：①语境提示：A回应“需要帮忙，因忙于装饰计划”,核心是Tom 主动询问能否协
助整理节目单，体现协作意识；②句型匹配："Can I help you sort out the program list"为
一般疑问句，既衔接A之前“节目已达10个”的背景，又解决“节目排序”的实际需求，与
下文A“sol need someone to sort out the program list”的表述呼应。
6.解析：①语境提示：B承诺“今晚完成节目单并明天交付”,核心是A肯定双方分工协作的
效果，强化团队配合信心；②句型匹配："Working together will make the party go
smoothly”为感叹句，聚焦“协作价值”,贴合对话中“分工帮忙”的场景，避免以“期待活
动”收尾，更显务实。
练习2逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B回应“有同样问题，懂单词却抓不住主旨”,核心是Lily 以反意疑问
句确认认自己的情况；②句型匹配：“I can't catch the speed of the audio at all, canI”符
合反意疑问句“前否后肯”规则(前半句“can't catch”为否定),"can ",
2.解析：①语境提示：B分享“尝试过实用方法，如听课本录音”,核心是Lily 询问对方是否
尝试过提升听力的实用方法，寻求建议；②句型匹配："Did you try any useful methods"
为一般疑问句，直接聚焦“是否尝试方法”,与B后续的方法分享完全对应，符合“遇学习
问题主动请教”的逻辑。
3.解析：①语境提示：B明确回答“约20分钟”,核心是Lily 询问对方每天的听力练习时
长，参考其时间安排；②句型匹配：“How long do you practice each day?”为特殊疑问
句，"How long"精准对应“时长”回答，帮助 Lily 调整自身“随机练习”的习惯，贴合听力需
规律练习的特点。
4.解析：①语境提示：A偏好“英文歌曲，可边听边唱”,核心是Jack 用选择疑问句询问对
方喜欢的听力工具，丰富练习形式；②句型匹配："Do you like English cartoons or
English songs better”提供“cartoons”和“songs”两种选项，对应 Jack之前“看动画”和A
后续“喜欢歌曲”的内容，增强对话互动性。
5.解析：①语境提示：B分享“写下生词，练习后查意思”的方法，核心是Lily 询问对方处理
听力中生词的方法，解决“跳过生词怕漏信息”的困扰；②句型匹配："How do you deal
with new words when listening”为特殊疑问句，聚焦“生词处理方法”,与A之前"skip
them”的问题对应，获取具体解决方案。
6.解析：①语境提示：A感谢“分享技巧”,核心是Jack 鼓励双方共同练习，传递一起进步
的态度；②句型匹配：“Let's keep practicing and improve our listening together”为感叹
第61页，共163页
句，聚焦“共同进步”,呼应前文方法分享，强化“互助学习”氛围，贴合“同学间讨论学习”
的主题。
第62页，共163页
上海新中考英语之对话填空专项练习
DAY 15
考试时间：10分钟
答题要求：根据对话情景，在横线处填写完整句子(均为问句或感叹句),横线后已标注句型
类型；答案需符合语境，语法正确，问答逻辑一致。
练习1(Discussing How to Organize Schoolbags for Better
Study Efficiency)
Dialogue Context: Anna often can't find her books or stationery in her messy schoolbag,
so she asks Bob(who always has a neat schoolbag) for tips. They talk about categorization
methods, organizing frequency and essential items.
A:Hi Bob! I spent 10 minutes looking for my math workbook in my schoolbag this morning—
almost missed class,(1).
_?
B:Oh no! I never have that problem becausel organize my schoolbag every evening. Do
you want to know my tips?
A: Of course! That's exactly what I need.(2)_ ______
?
B: Iuse different compartments(隔层)for different things—textbooks in the largest one,
stationery in a pencil case, and homework in a folder.It's easy to find things this way.
A: That makes sense! (3)______________________?(选择疑问句，问按科目分还是按
用途分)
B: I prefer sorting by subject—math books and homework go together, Chinese things go
together. It saves time when I take out materials for class.
A:P'l try that! How often do you usually organize your schoolbag?
B: Every night after finishing homework. I check ifl need to take new books or remove used
ones.(4)
_______?(询问对方是否愿意尝试每日整理)
A:Yes!l used to organize it only when it's too messy,but daily整理sounds better. By the
way, (5)
_________?(特殊疑问句，询问整理工具)
B: A pencil case with dividers(带分隔的笔袋)and a few paper folders are enough.You
don't need anything fancy.
A: I have both at home! Thanks for teaching me these tips.
B:You're welcome!(6)___
___________!(肯定对方能做好)
练习2(Sharing Weekend Home Baking Experiences and
第63页，共163页
Tips)
Dialogue Context: David tried baking cookies with his mom last weekend and wants to
share the experience with Lucy. They talk about the baking process, problems encountered
and tips for success.
A:HiLucy! I baked chocolate chip cookies with my mom last Saturday—it was my first time,
(1)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(确认对方是否感兴趣)
B:Wow, that sounds fun! 've always wanted to try baking but I'm afraid I'll mess it up. How
did it go?
A: It was tricky at first—we almost burned the first batch!(2)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?询问对方是否想知道失败原因)
B: Yes! What went wrong?
B: No, I didn't! Why do you need to refrigerate the dough?
A:We set the oven temperature too high—180℃is better than 200℃ for cookies. My mom
told me to preheat the oven for 10 minutes first, too. (3)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?
A:It makes the cookies more crispy. We left the dough in the fridge for 30 minutes, and the
second batch was perfect. By the way,(4).
?
B: I love chocolate! But I'm also a fan of butter cookies. Did you use any special tools?
A:Just a mixing bowl, a spoon and a baking tray—no fancy equipment.(5)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯?(询问对方是否想尝试)
B: I think I will! Maybe I'll ask my dad to help me this weekend.
A: That's a good idea! Baking with family is even more fun.
B: I bet it is! (6)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯!(表达对烘焙的期待)
答题区域
练习1
答案
练习2
练习
答案
(1)
______(1)
(1)
(2)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(2)
(2)
(3)
⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯(3)
(3)
(4)
______(4)
(4)
第64页，共163页
(5)
______________(5)
(6)
_____________(6)
参考答案
练习1参考答案
1. Have you ever had this problem
2. How do you organize your schoolbag
3.Do you sort things by subject or by use
4.Do you want to try organizing it every day
5. What tools do you need for organizing
6.You'll definitely keep your schoolbag neat
练习2参考答案
1. are you interested in it
2. Do you want to know why we failed the first time
3.Did you know we need to refrigerate the cookie dough
4.Do you like chocolate cookies
5.Do you want to try baking cookies at home
6.I'm so looking forward to my first baking try
参考答案及逐题解析
练习1逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B回应“从没有这种问题，因每天整理书包”,核心是Anna询问 Bob
是否有“书包杂乱、找东西耽误时间”的类似困扰；②句型匹配："Have you ever had this
problem”为一般疑问句，用“ever”强调“过往经历”,贴合“询问对方是否有相同困扰”的交
流逻辑，自然开启“整理书包”的核心话题。
2.解析：①语境提示：B详细说明“用隔层分类放置课本、文具和作业”,核心是Anna 主动
询问 Bob整理书包的具体方法；②句型匹配：“How do you organize your schoolbag”为
特殊疑问句，"How”精准指向“方法”,与B后续的隔层分类建议完全对应，满足Anna“寻
求实用技巧”的需求。
第65页，共163页
3.解析：①语境提示：B明确选择“按科目分类，方便课堂取资料”,核心是Anna用选择疑
问句进一步细化“分类方式”的讨论；②句型匹配："Do you sort things by subject or by
use”提供“按科目”和“按用途”两种选项，通过选择句式帮助Anna 更清晰地理解 Bob的
整理逻辑，为自己后续实践提供参考。
4.解析：①语境提示：A回应“愿意尝试每日整理，之前只在书包极乱时才整理”,核心是
Bob询问 Anna是否愿意实践“每日整理”的习惯；②句型匹配："Do you want to try
organizing it every day”为一般疑问句，用“want to try”传递“温和建议”的语气，避免生硬
说教，贴合“朋友间分享经验”的场景，推动Anna接受新习惯。
5.解析：①语境提示：B回应“带分隔的笔袋和文件夹即可，无需复杂工具”,核心是Anna
询问整理书包所需的必备工具；②句型匹配："What tools do you need for organizing"为
特殊疑问句，“What tools”精准对应“整理用品”,与B后续的工具推荐呼应，帮助Anna
“提前准备整理所需物品”,降低实践难度。
6.解析：①语境提示：A回应“家里已有笔袋和文件夹，感谢技巧分享”,核心是Bob肯定
Anna能做好“整理书包”这件事，增强其信心；②句型匹配："You'll definitely keep your
schoolbag neat”为感叹句，用“definitely”强化肯定语气，贴合“鼓励对方、给予信心”的
逻辑，让对话在积极支持的氛围中收尾。
练习2逐题解析
1.解析：①语境提示：B回应“听起来很有趣，一直想尝试但怕搞砸”,核心是David 主动确
认Lucy对“周末和妈妈烘焙饼干”这件事是否感兴趣，为后续分享经历铺垫；②句型匹
配：“are you interested in it”为一般疑问句，直接聚焦“兴趣确认”,语气自然，贴合“分享
者先了解对方意愿再展开话题”的日常交流逻辑，避免单向分享的生硬。
2.解析：①语境提示：B急切回应“想知道，追问哪里出错”,核心是David 观察到B对烘焙
经历的兴趣，进一步询问是否想了解“第一批饼干差点烤焦”的失败原因；②句型匹配：
“Do you want to know why we failed the first time”为一般疑问句，用“failed the first time”
精准呼应前文“almost burned the first batch”,既延续对话话题，又通过“失败细节”让分
享更具真实感，激发B的好奇心。
3.解析：①语境提示：B坦诚回应“不知道，还追问冷藏面团的原因”,核心是David 在分享
“烤箱温度控制”技巧后，补充询问 Lucy是否了解“饼干面团需冷藏”这一关键步骤，传递
实用烘焙知识；②句型匹配："Did you know we need to refrigerate the cookie dough"为
一般疑问句，用“Did you know”营造“分享小技巧”的轻松语气，既补充烘焙知识点，又自
然过渡到“冷藏让饼干更酥脆”的后续解释，让对话逻辑连贯。
4.解析：①语境提示：B积极回应“喜欢巧克力，也喜欢黄油饼干”,核心是David从“烘焙
技巧”转向“个人口味偏好”,通过询问 Lucy 对巧克力味的喜好，拉近话题距离；②句型匹
配："Do youlike chocolate cookies”为一般疑问句，聚焦“口味偏好”,既关联前文“巧克力
豆饼干”的烘焙主题，又让对话从“实用技巧”转向“个人喜好”,更显生活化、接地气。
第66页，共163页
5.解析：①语境提示：B明确回应“会尝试，计划找爸爸帮忙”,核心是David在分享完烘焙
经历、技巧和工具后，鼓励 Lucy 也尝试在家烘焙；②句型匹配："Do you want to try
baking cookies at home”为一般疑问句，用“want to try”传递“温和鼓励”的语气，贴合
“分享者带动对方参与”的场景，避免强制推荐的压迫感，推动对话从“分享”转向“实践意
愿”。
6.解析：①语境提示：A补充“和家人烘焙更有趣”,核心是Lucy受David分享的感染，明
确表达对“自己第一次烘焙尝试”的期待；②句型匹配："Im so looking forward to my first
baking try”为感叹句，用“so looking forward to”强化期待情绪，既呼应前文“会尝试找爸
爸帮忙”的决定，又与David分享的“有趣经历”形成呼应，让对话在积极的憧憬中收尾，
氛围融洽。
第67页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY 16-19(每日完成2-3组对话补全，限时5分钟/组)
一、解题步骤与技巧
1.通读对话，锁定主题与人物关系
目标：通过首句、结尾句及称呼语判断对话场景(如购物、问路、建议)。
示例：
对话开头：“Excuse me,where is the nearest museum?”→主题为问路，需填方位指引。
2.分析空缺处上下文逻辑
技巧：
因果关系：前句提出问题，后句需回答或解释。
转折关系：前句提建议，后句可能表达不同意见(如“But it's too expensive.”)。
示例：
A: "Let's go to the new science museum this weekend!"
B:"______I have to prepare for exams."
需填拒绝理由："Sorry, Ican't. I need to study."
3.语法与句式匹配
时态一致：上下文过去时，填句也需用过去时。
人称对应：根据对话者身份调整代词(如A用“we”,B需用“you”)。
A:"I visited Zhaozhou Bridge last month. It was amazing!"
需用感叹句回应："So did I! The ancient design is really impressive."
4.验证答案的合理性
检查点：
是否符合口语习惯(避免重复题干已给信息)。
是否与后续对话连贯(如填句需为下一句提供逻辑基础)。
示例：
A:"How can I improve my English speaking skills?"
B:"______"
A: "That sounds helpful. Can you recommend any online courses?"
答案需引出后续建议："Joining an English club might be a good start."
策略：
示例：
B:"_____"
第68页，共163页
三、预测趋势与创新题型
1.命题方向
真实情境化：
结合本土事件。
融入科技场景(如智能设备使用指导、线上学习建议)。
多模态输入：
文本+图表(如根据景点地图选择游览路线并填空)。
2.创新题型示例
任务型对话 :
场景：游客咨询蔚县剪纸体验活动
任务：填写游客问题(如“When does the workshop start?”)及工作人员回答。
文化对比对话：
场景：中外学生讨论传统节日
任务：补全中国学生介绍春节习俗的句子(如“We eat dumplings to symbolize reunion.”)。
3.易错点警示
答非所问：未针对问题核心回答(如对方问时间，回答地点)。
语法错误：主谓不一致、时态混乱(如混淆一般过去时与现在完成时)。
过度复杂：使用生僻词汇或冗长句式，导致逻辑不清晰。
四、备考建议
1.分场景强化训练
高频场景：
社会交往：问路、购物、邀请、道歉。
公共服务：咨询政策(如碳中和措施)、求助(如图书馆借书流程)。
2.积累实用句型与表达
功能句型：
请求建议："Could you give me some tips on..?"
表达观点："In my opinion, we shoul.."
3.模拟训练与错题复盘
训练方法：
每日完成2-3组对话补全，限时5分钟/组。
标注错题类型(如逻辑错误、语法错误),针对性强化。
4.掌握“逆向思维”技巧
策略：
从答案反推上下文(如填句需包含关键词“recycle”,则前文可能提及环保措施)。
第69页，共163页
示例：
上下文线索：“The government encourages us to save energy.”
填句答案：“We can turn off lights when leaving the room.”
【基础试题】
A
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
Waitress: Excuse me, sir.1?
Customer:Yes, I'd like something to drink.
Waitress: Allright. 2_?
Customer: I don't know. What do you have?
Waitress: We have coffee,lemon juice and orange juice. 3?
Customer: Good idea.Lemon juice is my favorite.
Waitress: How much lemon juice would you like?
Customer: 4
Waitress: Got it. Just one glass. Would you like something to eat?
Customer:_5_.I'm not hungry.
B
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:Hi,Brady._1?
B: I’m going home.I visited my grandparents this morning.
A: I see. Oh,what's that in your hand?
B: It's a paper cutting with a dragon look.
A:Wow,it looks beautiful. 2?
B: I learned paper cutting from my grandma.
A:3 ?
B: People use them to decorate(装饰)their houses. For example, they put them up on the doors.
A: It sounds very interesting. I love these wonderful paper cuttings. Can you teach me?
B:4I often make them in my free time.
A:What do I need to bring?
B:5.
A:Thank you. I can't wait to make a paper cutting.
C
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(A: Ann B: Betty C:sales clerk)
第70页，共163页
A:Hi,Betty. Long time no see.1?
B: Pretty good. How about you?
A:Great! Where are you going?
B: Summer vacation is coming. I'm going shopping for my study tour.2 ?
A: Sure,I'dlove to.
B: Terrific! Let's go
(The two girls are in the shopping mall.)
C:3 ?
B: I'd like a pair of sports shoes.
C:What about this pair? They're the latest design and at a good price.
B:4 ?
C:Of course.
A:You look cool in the shoes, Betty!
B: Ha ha, I think so.5 ?
C:150 yuan.
B: I'll take them. Here is the money.
【提升试题】
A
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hi,Li Hua! How was your weekend?
B: Great! We went mountain climbing. 1__.
A:Fantastic! You must enjoyed yourselves in the mountains.
B: Yeah.2 ?
A: I went to the market with my grandma.
B: Really? What did you buy there?
A:We bought rice, bamboo leaves,and red beans for making zongzi.
B: Wow,that sounds fun! 3 ?
A:Not really, but my grandma taught me step by step yesterday.
B: I tried making zongzi last year,but mine looked like a mess! By the way,have you decided what to
write for our monthly report?
A:Not yet. 4_?
B: Well, why not write about the Dragon Boat Festival?
A:_5 ! I'lltry to write about this. My family are going to make zongzi this Saturday. Want to join
us?
B: That'd be great! See you then!
B
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
第71页，共163页
A:Hey, Jackie!
B:Hi,Tommy!
A:1?
B: Pretty good. What are you reading?
A:I am reading a book called The Diary of Anne Frank: 2?
B: No, I haven't. I even didn't hear of it. What is the book about?
A:The book is about a story of a girl named Anne.3_.
B: It must be a nice book. I will buy one.By the way, what will you do tomorrow?
A:We will have a school trip. Every student in my class will go there.
B: You will have a school trip? Wow!4?
A:We will have a picnic.
B: Sounds great. 5.
A: Thank you. I think we will have a pleasant trip.
【拔高试题】
A
在下面对话的空白处填上适当的话语(话语可以是句子、短语或),使对话完整。
A:I'm making some plans to work in a history museum this summer vacation.
B: Really? I did that last summer.
A:1__?
B: It was meaningful and I have learned a lot.
A:2__?
B: Mm. Idid things like cleaning the glass, or just standing there to see if anyone needs help.
A:Sounds a little boring.3_?
B: Ialso talked with visitors and answered their questions.
A:That sounds interesting.
B: Yeah, I really think it is a good way to spend your holiday. You will have fun there.
A:_4Thank you for sharing your experience with me.
B:5. See you later.
A:See you.
B
结合本题所设置的语境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的句子完成下列对话。
Boy: Excuse me,_1_?
Girl:Yes. The nearest one is 6 kilometers from here.You'd better take a bus.
Boy: Could you please tellme 2__?
Girl: Turn left at the third crossing, and keep walking to the end, you'll see it on you left.
Boy:3__?
Girl: About ten minutes'walk.
第72页，共163页
Boy: Thank you very much.
Waiter: This way,please! What would you like?
Boy: I'd like Beijing Duck and a bottle of beer.
Waiter;OK. Wait a moment.
Waiter:__4_?
Boy: It is delicious.
Waiter: I'm glad that you like it.__5__?
Boy: No,thanks. I'm full. May I have the bill?
Waiter:OK. Thanks.
C
在对话的空白处填上一个适当的句子。Fill in the blanks with proper sentences.
A:Hello,Henry,you look unhappy._1__?
B:Hello,Molly, I have to write a report about the most useful invention for my history class.
A:That's not too difficult.
B: But I have to hand it in tomorrow.
A:You'd better hurry up.__2___?
B:I'm going to write about the computer.
A:Maybe everybody is going to write about that.3___write about some older things, like
clocks?
B:That's a good suggestion! But I don't know much about that.
A:Don't worry.____4.
B:Really? It's very kind of you.___5_.
A:You're welcome.
第73页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY 16-19答案解析(每日完成2-3组对话补全，限时5分钟/组)
【基础试题】
A
【答案】
1. Can I help you/ May I take your order
2.What would you like to drink/ What kind of drinks would you prefer
3.How about some lemon juice/Would you like to trylemon juice
4. Just one glass,please/One glass is enough/I'd like one glass
5. No, thanks/Thanks,but I don't need anything to eat
【难度】0.85
【知识点】点餐、就餐
【导语】本文是服务员和顾客之间关于点餐的对话。
1.根据“Yes,I'd like something to drink.”可知，此处是服务员询问顾客是否需要点餐或是否需要帮
助。故填Can I help you/ May I take your order。
2.根据“I don't know. What do you have?”可知，顾客表示不知道要喝什么,并询问服务员有什么饮
品。因此，此处服务员应询问顾客想喝什么。故填What would you like to drink/ What kind of drinks
would you prefer。
3.根据“Good idea.Lemon juice is my favorite.”可知，顾客表示柠檬汁是他的最爱，说明服务员给
了他一个建议。结合前文提到的饮品，此处服务员应建议顾客尝试柠檬汁。故填How about some
lemon juice/Would you like to try lemon juice。
4.根据“How much lemon juice would you like?”及“Just one glass.”可知，服务员询问顾客需要多少
柠檬汁，顾客回答只要一杯。因此，此处顾客应明确表示他想要一杯柠檬汁。故填Just one glass,
please/One glass is enough/I'd like one glass。
5.根据“Would you like something to eat?”及“T'm not hungry.”可知，服务员询问顾客是否需要吃点
什么,顾客表示他不饿。因此，此处顾客应礼貌地拒绝服务员的建议。故填No, thanks/ Thanks,but
I don't need anything to eat。
B
【答案】
1. Where are you going
2. Who did you learn it/paper cutting from
第74页，共163页
3. What are the paper cuttings used for/What dopeople use the paper cuttings to do/How do people use
the paper cuttings
4. Sure/Certainly/No problem/Of course...
5. A pair of scissors and some paper/You just need a pair of scissors and some paper/All you need is a
pair of scissors and some paper
【难度】0.85
【知识点】中华文化、介绍
【导语】本文是两个人关于剪纸艺术的对话，其中一人展示了他的剪纸作品，并介绍了剪纸的用
途和来源。
1.根据后文“I'm going home.I visited my grandparents this morning.”可知，此处询问对方要去哪
里，故填Where are you going。
2.根据后文“I learned paper cutting from my grandma.”可知，此处询问对方从哪里学的剪纸，故填
Who didyou learn paper cutting from。
3.根据后文“People use them to decorate their houses. For example, they put them up on the doors.”可
知，此处询问剪纸的用途，故填What are the paper cuttings used for/What do people use the paper
cuttings to do/How do people use the paper cuttings.
4.根据前文“Can you teach me?”和后文“T often make them in my free time.”可知，此处表示同意教对
方，故填Sure/Certainly/No problem/Of course⋯
5.根据前文“What do I need to bring?”和后文“Thank you. I can't wait to make a paper cutting.”可知，
此处告诉对方需要带的东西，故填A pair of scissors and some paper/Youjust need a pair of scissors
and some paper/All you need is a pair ofscissors and some paper。
C
【答案】
1.How's it going(with you)/How's everything going(with you)
2. Would you like to go with me/Would you like to join me/Would you like to go together/Do you want
to go with me/Do you want to join me/Do you want to go together/Can you go with me/Can you join me
3.Can I help you/What can I do for you
4. Can(Could/May) I try them on/Can(Could/May)I try this pair on/Can(Could/May)I try on this pair
5.How much are they (the shoes)/How much do they (the shoes) cost/What's the price of the
shoes/What's the price of them
【难度】0.85
【知识点】选择及付款、购物
【导语】本文是安、贝蒂及售货员的对话，贝蒂邀请安一起去商店购物，最后她买了一双鞋。
1.根据“Long time no see.”和“Pretty good.”可知，安问候贝蒂的近况如何，故填How's it going(with
第75页，共163页
you)/How’s everything going(with you)。
2.根据“T'm going shopping for my study tour.”和“Sure,I'dlove to.”可知，贝蒂邀请安一起去购物，
故填Would you like to go with me/Would you like to join me/Would you like to go together/Do you want
to go with me/Do you want to join me/Do you want to go together/Can you go with me/Can you join me。
3.根据“1'd like a pair of sports shoes.”可知，商店店员问贝蒂需要什么,故填Can I helpyou/What
can I do for you。
4.根据“You look cool in the shoes, Betty!”可知，贝蒂试穿了这双鞋，她会先询问店员是否可以试
穿，故填Can(Could/May)Itry them on/Can(Could/May)I try this pair on/Can(Could/May)I try on
this pair。
5.根据“150 yuan.”可知，贝蒂询问鞋的价钱，故填How much are they (the shoes)/How much do they
(the shoes) cost/What's the price of the shoes/What's the price of them。
【提升试题】
A
【答案】
1. The air was so different from the city,cool and fresh/We took many beautiful photos/We saw many
wild flowers/We caught fishes/We went hiking for four hours
2. What did you do/What about you/Where did you go
3.Doyou know how to make zongzi/Can you make zongzi
4.Do you have any advice /Any advice/Can you give me some advice/What's your idea/What's your
advice
5. Sounds great/A good idea/Good idea/Amazing/Wonderful/Great
【难度】0.65
【知识点】介绍、周末活动、计划
【导语】本文是一段关于周末活动和月度报告内容的对话。
1.根据“We went mountain climbing.”可知，此处应描述爬山过程中的所见所闻所感等。故填The
air was so different from the city,cool and fresh/We took many beautiful photos/We saw many wild
flowers/We caught fishes/We went hiking for four hours。
2.根据“I went to the market with my grandma.”可知，此处询问对方周末去了哪里。故填What did
you do/What about you/Where did you go。
3.根据“Not really,but my grandma taught me step by step yesterday.”可知，此处询问对方是否知道
如何包粽子。故填Doyou know how to make zongzi/Can you make zongzi。
4.根据“Not yet.”和“Well, why not write about the Dragon Boat Festival?”可知，此处询问对方对于写
月度报告的建议。故填Doyou have any advice/Any advice/Can you give me some advice/What's
your idea/What's your advice。
5.根据“T'lI try to write about this.”可知，说话人是赞同对方的提议的，因此此处对对方的提议表达
第76页，共163页
认可。故填Sounds great/A good idea/Good idea/Amazing/Wonderful/Great。
B
【答案】
1.How is everything going
2.Have you ever read it
3. She was brave to face difficulties
4. What will you do there
5.Have a nice trip/May you have a pleasant trip
【难度】0.65
【知识点】介绍、阅读、意愿和打算、判断与评价
【导语】本文是Tommy和Jackie之间的日常对话。
1.根据“Pretty good.”可知，此处是A询问B最近情况如何。故填How is everything going。
2.根据“No,I haven't. I even didn't hear of it.”可知，B表示没有读过，甚至没有听说过书的名字。
可知A是在问B是否读过这本书。故填Have you ever read it。
3.根据“The book is about a story of agirl named Anne.”可知，A在介绍书籍主要内容。根据前文可
知，A在读《安妮日记》,安妮的品质是敢于面对困难。故填She was brave to face difficulties。
4.根据“We will have a picnic.”可知，B询问A校园旅行会做什么。故填What willyou do there。
5.根据“Thank you.”可知，A表示感谢，由此可知B在表达祝福。故填Have a nice trip/May you
have a pleasant trip。
【拔高试题】
A
【答案】
1.How do you like it/What do you think of it
2. What did they ask you to do/What did you do
3. What else
4. I think so/You're right/l agree
5.You're welcome/That's all right
【难度】0.4
【知识点】个人经历、假日活动、判断与评价
【导语】本文是一篇A和B的对话。主要在谈论B去年暑假在博物馆工作的经历。
1.根据“It was meaningful and I have learned a lot”可知很有意义，学到了很多。说明空处应该是在
问去了的感受怎么样。故填How do you like it/What do you think ofit。
2.根据下文答句“I did things like cleaning the glass, or just standing there to see if anyone needs help”
可知我做了一些事情，比如擦玻璃，或者只是站在那里看是否有人需要帮助。说明在问在博物馆
第77页，共163页
工作时让做什么或者他做了什么。故填What did they ask you to do/What did you do。
3.根据“Ialso talked with visitors and answered their questions”可知我还和游客聊天并回答他们的问
题，说明上文在提问他还做了什么其他的。故填What else。
4.根据“I really think it is a good way to spend your holiday. You will have fun there”以及"Thank you
for sharingyour experience with me”可知我对他说的话表示同意。故填I think so/You're rightl
agree。
5.根据"Thank you for sharing your experience with me”可知此处应该是表达不客气。故填You're
welcome/That's all right。
B
【答案】
1. Is there a restaurant near here/Could you tell me the way to the nearest restaurant
2.how to get to the bus station
3. How far is it
4. What do you think of the food/How do you like the food
5. Would you like something else/Do you want anything else
【难度】0.4
【知识点】点餐、问路、就餐、问路/行程、询问
【导语】本文为男孩和女孩、男孩和服务员之间的对话，分两个场景。第一个场景是男孩向女孩
问路；第二个场景是男孩子在餐馆用餐。
1.由下文“Yes. The nearest one is 6 kilometers from here.”以及场景二的用餐对话可知，男孩在问路
去最近的餐馆，而且是使用一般疑问句。故填Is there a restaurant near here/Could you tell me the way
to the nearest restaurant。
2.由上文“You'd better take a bus.”与下文“Turn left at the third crossing...on you left.”可知本句中，
男孩在询问去公交车站的路线，空白处部分是tell的宾语。故填how to get to the bus station。
3.由下文“About ten minutes'walk.”可知，本句男孩在询问到公交车站的距离。故填How far is it。
4.由下文“It is delicious.”可知，本句中服务员在询问男孩对食物的看法。故填What do you think of
the food/How do you like the food。
5.由下文“No, thanks. I'm full.”可知，本句中服务员在询问男孩要不要再上点别的，而且是使用一
般疑问句。故填Would you like something else/Do you want anything else。
C
【答案】
1. What's wrong/the matter(with you)
2. What are you going to write about/What are you writing about
第78页，共163页
3. Why not/Why don't you
4. I can help you/'ll help you/Let me help you(with/do/write about it)
5. Thank you/Thanks a lot./ Many thanks/Thank you very much
【难度】0.4
【知识点】提供帮助、劝告/建议
【分析】对话主题是提供帮助。帮助同学确定报告的主题——不写电脑的发明而写时钟。
1.根据空格前的句子you look unhappy,看到同学不开心，问“有事吗”,故填
What's wrong/the matter(with you)。
2.根据答语I'm going to write about the computer.“我要⋯⋯”判断空格为特殊疑问句，问“你要写什
么”,故填What are you going to write about/What are you writing about
3.根据空格前句子Maybe everybody is going to write about that和空格后句子write about some older
things, like clocks?可知“也许大家都会写关于电脑的报告”判断下文是建议“为什么不写一些旧点的
东西，比如时钟”,故填Why not/Why don't you
4.根据空格前句子Don't worry.可知劝慰对方别着急，判断空格内容是为对方提供帮助，故填I
can help you/I'll helpyou/Let me helpyou(with/do/write about it)。
5.根据空格前的句子It's very kind of you“你真好”是赞美对方提供帮助，判断空格是感谢对方提
供的帮助，故填Thank you/Thanks a lot./Many thanks/Thank you very much。
第79页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY 20-32(每日完成2-3组对话补全，限时5分钟/组)
【考情分折】
补全对话主要围绕学生的日常生活与学习展开，一个主线场景往往融合至少两个交际项
目，呈现出语篇的多样性与真实性。设空处涉及特殊疑问句、一般疑问句、陈述句、感叹句等多
种句式。以下是对设问方式的解读。
一、依下句提问型
语境理解：精准抓取下句的事件、人物、时间、地点、方式等关键信息，据此推断疑问词以构建
问题。如果设空的下句提到“I'm going to Beijing tomorrow.”。同学们要能抓住“tomorrow”(时
间)和“Beijing”(地点)这两个关键信息，想到“When are you going to Beijing?”或者“Where
are you going tomorrow?”等问题。
语言运用：熟练掌握一般疑问句和特殊疑问句的句型结构，并确保所提问题的时态与下句答语的
时态一致。
二、对问题回答型
语境理解：透彻领会问题的意图和范围，依据上下文或自身生活经验给出契合问题的答语。如果
问题是“How do you usually spend your weekends?”同学们需要从上下文寻找线索或根据自身情况
作答，可以说“I usually play basketball with my friends.”。
语言运用：答语要符合语法规则，注意主谓一致、时态正确、内容简洁、紧扣问题核心等。如果
问题是“What did you do yesterday?”,答语也应该用一般过去时，可以是“Iwent shopping.”。
三、非问答补充回应型
语境理解：仔细分析上文的内容，明确对话的主题和方向，围绕主题补充相关内容。如果上文提
到“We're planing a picnic.”,同学们需要根据野餐这个主题补充一些相关的内容，如“We can
take some water and fruit with us.”或者“We should find a cool place for our picnic.”。
语言运用：注意运用连接词and、but、also等保证词汇和句子的连贯性，使补充的句子与上文衔
接自然。o
备考策略
一、解题前
第80页，共163页
◎快速浏览在开始答题前，快速浏览整篇对话了解对话的主题和大致情境，确定是关于购物、旅
游、学习等哪一类话题，以及对话双方的关系，为后续的答题建立一个整体思路框架和语境认
知。
例如：对话中频繁出现book、library、read等词，可以判断出主题大概率与阅读相关。
◎关注标点注意对话中设空句子的标点符号。如果是问号，要考虑可能是询问信息、请求帮助
等；
如果是句号或感叹号，可能是陈述事实、表达观点或情感等，这有助于推测句子的功能和所缺内
容的。
例如：设空处以问号结尾，且前面提到“I want to see a film this weekend.”,可以推测设空处的问
句口
能是表达请求，如“Would you like to go with me?”。
二、解题中
◎找出上下文中的关键词 仔细研究设空处前后的句子，找出句中的关键词，这些词通常是与话题
相关的名词、代词、连词等。根据这些关键词来判断句子之间的逻辑关系、语义联系和设空句子
在对话中的功能是提问、回答建议、邀请还是表达情感等，从而确定所缺内容。例如：一段关于
旅游的对话中出现了flight、hotel、sightseeing等关键词，若前面一句提到“I'm going to Paris next
week.”,后面的句子很可能是关于巴黎的行程安排，如“How long will you stay in the hotel?""What
sightseeing spots do you plan to visit?”。
◎考虑语言习惯补全对话要符合英语国家的语言习惯和文化背景，避免使用中式英语。例如：用
“Would you like..?”发出邀请时，接受邀请通常会说“Yes.'d love to.”拒绝邀请用“I'm sorry, butl
can't..⋯”等。
◎注意语法和词汇所填入的内容要在语法上正确，包括时态、语态、词性、单复数等。同时，要
根据语境选择恰当的词汇，使句子意思完整、准确。例如：前句为“Last week, I went to the
park.”,后面描述在公园里活动的句子也应该用一般过去时，如“Iplayed football there.”。
◎检查句子结构确保所填入的句子在结构上完整，有主、谓、宾等成分，避免出现成分残缺或多
余的情况。例如：不能只写“Go to the park.”来回答“How will we spend this weekend?”.而应该补充主
语，给出完整的句子“We can go to the park.”。
三、解题后
◎通读检查将补全后的对话从头到尾通读一遍，检查对话是否流畅、逻辑是否合理、语法是否正
确。表达是否地道。确保所填写的内容在语义、语法和逻辑上都与上下文完美衔接，没有矛盾或
不合理之处。例如：句子“I don't like hot food.”后面若接“I think we can go to a Sichuan restaurant.”就
前后矛盾了，需要调整。
◎细节检查再次检查标点符号、单词拼写等细节问题，避免因粗心而丢分。例如：把its写成its,
虽然读音相同，但意思和语法功能完全不同，这样的小错误会影响得分。
第81页，共163页
题型突破
Passage 1
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hey, Tom!1 ?
8:I really love light music. It's so smooth and relaxing!
A: That's nice! 'm more into electronic music.l enjoy the beats and the lyrics.
B: Great!2 ?
A:Yes, of course! I love listening to Kendrick Lamar.His lyrics are powerful.
B: By the way, have you heard about the upcoming school concert?
A:No, I haven't! 3 ?
B:It's at7 p.m.on Friday,in the music hall. 4 ?
A:Yes,'d love to. I can't wait to see the performances.
B: How about we gather at my place at around 6?
A: Sounds perfect! 5 .Maybe some chips and dip(蘸料)?
B: That sounds delicious! I'll prepare some drinks, too.We can have a mini-party before the concert!
A: Ilove that idea!
Passage 2
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
Chen Yang:Hi, Li Ling. What are you going to do this Sunday?
Li Ling:__6__.
Chen Yang:Qinling Wildlife Park?Where is it?
LiLing: It's in the south of Xi'an.
Chen Yang:__7___?lam new here.
LiLing:Of course. Its very large. There are over 200 kinds of animals, such as tigers, elephants.pandas and
so on.
Chen Yang:Wow!__8___?
Li Ling:It's about fifteen minutes by bus. Would you like to go with me?
Chen Yang:____9___. How can we go there?
Li Ling:We can go there by bike. It is good for our health.And I know the way well.
Chen Yang: I can't wait._____10____.
Li Ling: Let's meet at the school gate at 2 p.m.
Passage 3
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Two students, Tina and Lucy, are talking after school.)
Tina: Hi, Lucy! You look a little tired. 11
第82页，共163页
Lucy:Well.Nothing serious. Ithink Ijust exercise too much.You know l like exercising.
Tina:12
Lucy: Nearly every day.Andlexercise for more than two hours every time.
Tina: That's a lot! What kind of exercise do you often do?
Lucy:13 And sometimes Igo climbing with my friends.
Tina: That's good. Exercise is good for our health, but we can't exercise too much.Maybe you need some
rest.
Lucy:I agree.
Tina: I'd like to see the movie Ne Zha Il tomorrow.It is now very popular. 14
Lucy: Sure.I'd like to go with you. 15 Tomorrow morning?
Tina: I have an art lesson tomorrow morning. Let's meet at two o'clock tomorrow afternoon.
Lucy:No problem. See you then.
Tina:See you.
Passage 4
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: How are you getting on with your studies, Helen?
B: Pretty well. 16 . Ihope to get into a good senior high school in autumn.
A: Do you think you can pass the exam?
B:17 . I will try my best and Ibelieve in myself.
A:Iam very glad to hear that. 18 ?
B: I want to be a village teacher when I grow up.
A: Sounds great.19 ?
B: First, I'm going to study in a teachers'college and then work in a village school.
A: Why do you choose to work in the village school?
B:I hear many village schools need teachers very much, so lwant to go there to be a teacher. I would like
to help the children in the village.
A: Great. 20.
B: Thanks a lot.
Passage 5
根据所给对话，填写适当的内容，使其完整、通顺、正确，每空词数不限。
A:Hello, Lucy. Long time no see. 21 ?
B: Pretty good. What are you doing here?
A: I'm waiting for my friend. We are going to Jilin Museum. Have you been there?
B:Yes, I went there three times.
A:22 the museum?
B: It is wonderful and it is worth visiting. There are many great things about the history of Jilin.
第83页，共163页
A: Really? I can't wait to visit it.By the way, a new library opened three weeks ago near our school. I will
go there this weekend. 23 ?
B: Of course.I'd like to go and have a look with you.
A:Great! A library card will be needed ifyou want to borrow books. So you'd better get one.
B:24 ?
A:Ten ync.
B: OK.25 ?
A: Let's meet at the gate of the library.'ll give you a callwhen Ileave home.
B:OK. See you.
Passage 6
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello, this is Tom speaking. Who is that?
B: Hello, Tom.26.
A: Hi, John. I called you last night, but you didn't answer. 27 ?
B:Oh, I was looking through some information about the 9th Asian Winter Games.
A:Ihear it was held in Harbin, Heilongjiang.
B: Yes,you're right.
A:28_?
B:Yes, I have.I went there with my family three years ago.
A:What do you think of Harbin?
B:29 .I fellin love with it as soon as larrived there.By the way, why did you call me last night?
A:Oh, there will be a new film in the cinema tonight.30 ?
B: Sounds great. I also like watching movies.
A: Let's meet at the bus stop at 6:00 pm.
B:OK.
Passage 7
根据下面对话中的情景，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
W:Hi,this is Jenny.31___?
M:This is Mike speaking. What's up?
W:32?
M:I'm practicing using the drone(无人机).
W:Why do you practice it?33_?
M:Yes,I'm so interested in it.And I will take part in Drone Racing Open Game this June.
W:Where will it be held?
M: It will be held in Xi'an.
W:I see. Can you teach me to fly the drone this weekend?
第84页，共163页
M:_34__.You can come tomy home this Saturday afternoon.
W:Thank you. See you then.
M:__35__.
Passage 8
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:Hi, Lin Tao! Did you watch the CCTV Spring Festival Gala this year?
B:Yes, I did. It was really wonderful! 36 ?
A: I loved the performance of the humanoid(仿真的)robots dancing. It was so amazing!
B:Yeah,me too.The robots danced so well. I heard they used advanced technology. What do you think
of this performance?
A:37.
B:You're right.By the way, we should learn some English to understand more about the world's
advanced technology.
A:Iagree. 38.How do you usually learn English?
B:I usually learn English by watching English movies and reading English books.
A: That sounds good.39 ?
B: We can know more about different cultures.
A: Great. I'll try to learn English in these ways. Thanks for your advice.
B: 40
Passage 9
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Two students, Helen and Peter, are talking about their New Year's resolutions.)
Peter: Hi.Helen, can you believe it's almost the New Year?
Helen:Yeah! How time flies!
Peter:I've been thinking about my New Year's resolutions.
Helen:41
Peter:Well, I plan to join the school's sports team and run every day.
Helen:_42_I like running, too.Running always makes me relaxed.
Peter: I agree.43
Helen: I always run in the morning.
Peter:Do you run every day?
Helen:44
Peter: Cool.I also want to try something new.45
Helen: Sure.Would you like to volunteer at the Old People's Home?
Peter:Volunteering is a wonderful idea. I might have a try.
Helen:OK. Let's make 2025 a year to remember!
第85页，共163页
Passage 10
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:Hello, Li Ming. I didn't see you last weekend.__46_?
B: Hello, Zhao Jie.Iwent to Beijing for a visit.
A:How do you like your trip there?
B:_47__.It was my first time there, so everything was interesting.
A:Who did you go there with?
B:48.
A:What places did you visit in Beijing?
B: The Great Wall, the Summer Palace and Tian'anmen Square.
A:_49_?
B:Yes, of course. I felt so proud when I saw our national flag go up.
A: Sounds exciting! I also want to go to Beijing some day.50?
B:Yes, sure. We can invite more friends to go with us. Why not take the high-speed train there next
time?
A: Good idea!
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
A:Hi, Sam.51_?
B: I'm planting tomatoes in the garden with my classmates these days.
A:52_. Why do you do that?
B:Well, because our teacher asked us to make a poster about plants.
A:Great.53__?
B:We also plant some cucumbers, potatoes and so on.
A:It'll be a beautiful garden.Do you look after the plants every day?
B:54_.We all work hard to look after the plants every day.
A: I'm sure you'll get a lot this autumn.
B: I hope so.We believe"No pain, no gain."
A: That's right. Planting helps us learn a lot.
B: I agree with you.55_?
A: Sure,'d love to. I'm looking forward to visiting it. Let's go.
Passage 12
阅读下面对话，在每个空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话完整，合乎情境。
David:Hey, Jimmy. I heard you got the first prize in the English writing contest.Congratulations!
Jimmy:Thank you, David.
David: I have problems with English.56_?
Passage 11
第86页，共163页
Jimmy: Sure.You can improve your English by reading English books.
David:Reading English books?Sounds like a good idea.
Jimmy:I'm reading Treasture Island these days.____57__?
David:No, I haven't. What's it about?
Jimmy:It is about a boy who gces out to sea and finds an island full of treasures. It's written by the
Scottish writer Robert Louis Stevenson.
David:What do you think of the book?
Jimmy:__58_.I like it very much.
David:Sounds interesting. I'll read it. Can I borrow it from you?
Jimmy:Of course. And 'llgo to the library to read books this Saturday. Would you like to go with me?
David:59_. I have to visit my grandparents with my father.How about Sunday afternoon?
Jimmy:OK. See you on Sunday afternoon.
David: See you!
Passage 13
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hi, Lucy! The Dragon Boat Festival is coming soon.60 ?
B:Yes,I've read something about the festival. During the festival,Chinese people usually eat zongzi.
A: That's right!61 ?
B:Well, I know that Chinese people celebrate it in order to remember a famous poet called Qu Yuan.
A:Exactly!
B:62 ?
A: They also hold dragon boat races. By the way, my brother will take part in the races this year.And they
will hold the races next Saturday morning. 63 ?
B: Yes, I'd love to.
A: Great! We can go to watch the races together next Saturday. How about meeting at 7:30 a.m.at my
home?
B:64 .See you then.
A: See you.
Passage 14
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Brian and Emily are talking about sky lanterns.)
Emily:Hi, Brian!
Brian: Hey, Emily!65
Emily:I'm making a sky lantern.
Brian:Oh, it looks so nice. Can you tell me something about it?
Emily: Sure. It's believed that Zhuge Liang was the first person to use a sky lantern.He sent it up to ask for
第87页，共163页
help when his army was in trouble.Now, Chinese people fly it on special days.
Brian_:__66
Emily:It's made of bamboo and paper.And you need some glue,too.The glue helps to stick the bamboo
and paper together.
Brian:Wow, that sounds cool._67
Emily: My dad taught me to make sky lanterns.He likes Chinese culture a lot.
Brian:_68
Emily: It usually takes me about three hours to make one. Would you like to learn?
Brian:___69__Can you teach me now?
Emily: Sure.
Passage 15
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Two friends, Peter and Rose, are talking about their future.)
Peter: Hello, Rose!___70
Rose:I want to be an engineer in the future.It's great in my heart.
Peter:__71
Rose:Because I like science best, andlenjoy making things by myself._72
Peter:Im not sure. My parents give me some suggestions-a doctor, a teacher, a scientist, an artist, a
basketball player, a policeman and so on. But I have no idea.Can you give me some advice?
Rose:Of course. The key is to know yourself and choose the right path.
Peter:__73__But I'm not sure what I'm good at.
Peter: I like drawing.
Rose: Maybe you'l be an artist someday. Then you need a good teacher. What's more, you should work
harder at practicing.
Peter: Sounds great. I know whatI need to do now.Thank you very much.
Passage 16
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:I won first prize in the English speech competition yesterday
B: Really?_75_! I'm so proud of you.
A: Thank you.
B:You speak English very well.__76__?
A:Sure. In fact, English learning is very easy. What's your problem?
B: I often make grammar mistakes.77?
A:You can buy a grammar book and do some grammar exercises.
B:Iwilltry to do more grammar exercises. Thank you for your advice.
Rose:__74
第88页，共163页
A:___78__.I'm sure you'll do well in it if you try your best.
B: And my writing is not good, either. Could you tell me how to improve my writing skills?
A:___79_.
B: That sounds like agood idea.
A:You should be confident.Nothing is impossible to a willing heart.
Passage 17
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
A:Good afternoon! What can Ido foryou?
B:80 !'m lookingfor a scarf for my mother.
A:We have many kinds of shellfabric(面料) like cotton, silk, wool and so on.81_?
B: I don't know which kind to choose.My mother prefers red.
A: How about this red one?
B:Um..it feels soft. 82 ?
A: It is made of wool. It's really suitable for spring.Your mother must look beautiful in it.
B: Sounds great. 83 ?
A:It is 180 yuan. It's the most popular scarf among women in our shop.
B:OK.I'll take it. Here is the money. Thank you.
Passage 18
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Mike is at the teacher's office now.)
A: Hello, Mr.Smith. Pd like to take part in the activity you said last week. I'm interested in working as a
traffic volunteer.
B: Good for you, Mike.I'd like to ask you some questions. 85 ?
A: Because there is usually too much traffic here. I can ask people to follow the rules and help someone in
need.
B: Good.86 ?
A: After school every weekday and on the weekend.
B:OK. We have a training class for volunteers this Saturday
A:87. What should Itake with me?
B:You should take a notebook and a pen.And you also need a set of volunteer clothes.
A: 88_?
B:You can get it in the Student Center. It is on the second floor of the classroom building.
A:OK, Mr. Smith.89.
B:You're welcome.
Passage 19
A:84_
第89页，共163页
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Ne Zha 2 is really popular recently.90 ?
B:Yeah, I have seen it already. I watched it with my parents.
A:What do you think of it?
B: I think it is really amazing! The battles(战斗)are really exciting.Ne Zha is so strong and brave!
A:91_And I think the story is really good too.
B: Don't you think his friends are always there to help him? Their friendship is so important in the movie.
92 ?
A:Of allthe characters, I like the Barrier Beasts(结界兽)best. They make the story more interesting.
B: Me too.
A:The music is great too.Do you think it makes the movie even more exciting and fun to watch?
B:Yes, I do. 93 . It really helps tell the story.
A: I want to go to see it again.94 ?
B:Yes, I'd love to! I′m looking forward to it.
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: I believe that everyone in the world has his own dreams, so dol.
B:95
A: In my childhood,my dream was to be a policeman.
B:96
A:Because l watched police on the TV when I was young.They were so cool.But When lgrow up, I have
another dream.
B: What is your another dream?
A:97
B: Why do you change your dream when you grow up?
A: Because writing can help me describe many kinds of lives. It can also help me remember some
important memories in my life.
A: I like reading books in my free time. I think reading books is an interesting thing. Sometimes, I like
writing something.
B: What are you going to do this afternoon?
A:Iam going to the library. Would you like to go with me?
B:99Iwant to find some interesting books.
Passage 21
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
A: Hi, Linda. I haven't seen you for days. What happened to you?
Passage 20
B:98
第90页，共163页
B: I was illast week.I had to stay at home for several days.
A: Oh,____100_.Did you see a doctor?
B:Yes, I did. I took some medical tests and the doctor told me that I just got a fever.
B: I'm feeling better now.Solam back to school today.
A:I think you'd better do more exercise.By the way, there is a new sports center near our school.
102__?
B: No,Ihaven't heard of it. What can we do there?
A: We can do different kinds of sports there, such as playing basketball and tennis.
B: Sounds like a fun place.103.
A: It's only 10 minutes'walk from here. Would you like to go with me?
B:104_.Let's go there after school.
阅读下面对话，在每个空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话完整，合乎情境。
W: Hello? This is Rose speaking.
M: Hi,Rose. It's Tom here.
W:105 ?
M:I'm going to see a movie at Wanda cinema this evening.Would you like to go with me?
W:Really? But it is too far.How about Renmin cinema?
W:Oh, that's too bad. This Saturday evening, we can go to Wanda cinema in my father's car.
M:Great. But before Saturday, what else shall we do in these two evenings?
W:How about dancing and swimming?
M:_107 .But which swimming pool should we go to? There are so many around here.
W:We can go to the one near our school. It's clean and not too crowded.
M:Sounds good.And we need to buy tickets.108?
W:It's 30 yuan for each person. I'm not sure. Maybe we can check online.
M:OK. And if we go dancing, where can we go?
W:There is a new dance studio on Main Street. We can try it.
Passage 23
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Two students, Li Ming and Tom, are talking about the robot dog on Mount Tai.)
Tom:Hey, Li Ming.Where do you plan to go during the holiday?
Li Ming: I plan to go to Mount Tai.
A:OK. 101_?
Passage 22
M:No. I don't like it.
W:Why?
M: 106.
第91页，共163页
Tom:109
Li Ming: Because I want to see the robot dog on Mount Tai. Have you seen it?
Tom:No, I haven't.110
Li Ming:It's a robot that can help move garbage and remind tourists to protect the environment.
Tom:111__It's a big step forward in using technology for environmental protection.
Li Ming:I hope we can see more of these robot dogs in other places too.
Tom:Maybe we can volunteer to help or come up with more ideas like this.
Li Ming: That's a great idea! 112
Tom:Yes, I'd love to. I can't wait to go there.How can we get there?
Li Ming:113It's much faster than going there by train. Let's talk about the details of the trip.
Tom: All right.
Passage 24
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Lingling is talking about her trip with her friend.)
A:Hi, Lingling! I heard that you had been to Luoyang during the holiday. How was your trip?
B:114 . I really had a great time there.
A:115 ?
B:I visited many places, such as the Longmen Grottoes(石窟)and Luoyang Museum.
A: Sounds great! 116 ?
B:Yes, I did. Look at these photos. I like this one best. Some actors were dressed as Tang figures(人物),
having fun with tourists.
A:How amazing! It seemed that you had traveled back to the Tang Dynasty.
B:Yes.It was a special experience.
A: I plan to visit Luoyang with my family this summer. 117 ?
B: No problem. Please come to my home so we can talk about the travel plan together.
A:OK.118.
B:You're welcome.
Passage 25
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Leo is talking with his father at home.)
A: Dad, could I borrow your mobile phone for a while?
B:119__. What do you need it for?
A:Our class is planning a graduation party. I want to ask DeepSeek for some creative ideas.
B:120___?
A: At 7:00 p.m.next Friday on our playground.
B: Got it._121__?
第92页，共163页
A:Not yet. There's still an English composition(作文) left. It's about the influence of Al on students.
B:Oh?I think Al can do a lot of things.122.
A: But Al is only a tool-how we use it matters most.
B: 123,And I′m proud of your opinion.
A: Thanks. And 'l return your phone as soon as lfinish.
B: No hurry.Just take your time.
第93页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY 20-32答案解析(每日完成2-3组对话补全，限时5分钟/组)
Passage 1
【答案】1. What's your favorite type of music/What type of music are you into 2.Do you have a
favorite singer/musician/Are you a fan of Kendrick Lamar 3. When and where will it take place/When
and where is it going to be held 4. Would you like to go with me/Do you want to go with me 5.I'l
bring some snacks for us to enjoy
【导语】本文是两个人在谈论音乐喜好以及学校音乐会的对话。
1.根据"I really love light music."可知，此处应该是询问对方最喜欢的音乐类型是什么。故填What's
your favorite type of music/What type of music are you into。
2.根据“Yes, of course! I love listening to Kendrick Lamar.”可知，此处应该询问对方是否有喜欢的歌
手，或者是否喜欢 Kendrick Lamar。故填Do you have a favorite singer/musician/Are you a fan of
Kendrick Lamar。
3.根据“It's at 7 p.m.on Friday, in the music hall.”可知，此处应该询问音乐会的时间和地点。故填
When and where will t take place/When and where is it going to be held。
4.根据"Yes,Id love to."可知，此处应该询问对方是否愿意一起去。故填Would you like to go with
me/Do you want to go with me。
5.根据“Maybe some chips and dip(蘸料)?”可知，此处应该表示自己会带一些零食。故填I'Il bring
some snacks for us to enjoy。
Passage 2
【答案】6.I'm going to visit Qinling Wildlife Park 7. Could/Can you tell me something about it/
Could/Can you introduce it to me 8.How far is it/ How long does it take to get there by bus 9.Yes,
'd love to/ Sure/Of course 10. When and where shallwe meet
题型突破
【导语】本文主要是陈阳和李玲围绕“周日计划”展开讨论的。
6.根据“What are you going to do this Sunday?”以及“Qinling Wildlife Park?”可知，空处回答去打算去
秦岭野生动物园。故填I'm going to visit Qinling Wildlife Park。
7.根据“Tam new here."以及"Of course.Its very large.There are over 200 kinds of animals, such as
tigers, elephants.pandas and so on."可知，陈阳是新来的，故空处会请求李玲介绍公园详情。故填
第94页，共163页
Could/ Can you tell me something about it/ Could/ Can you introduce it to me。
8.根据"It's about fifteen minutes by bus.”可知，描述了去那里所花的时间。故空处会询问“它有多
远/乘公交车到那里多长时间?”故填How far is it/How long does it take to get there by bus。
9.根据”Would you like to go with me?”以及“How can we go there?”可知，李玲邀请陈阳同行，陈阳
应该会接受邀请并询问交通方式，故空处需用肯定回答。故填Yes, I'd love to/Sure/ Of course。
10.根据“Let's meet at the school gate at 2 p.m.”可知，描述了集合的时间和地方，故空处会询问在
何时何地见面。故填When and where shallwe meet。
Passage 3
【答案】11. What's wrong with you? 12.How often do you exercise?13.Ioften play volleyball
after class. 14. Would you like to go with me?15. When shall we meet?
【导语】本文是 Tina和Lucy两个学生放学后的对话，主要讲述了Lucy经常运动，以及Tina邀请
Lucy一起看电影，最后两人约定好明天下午两点见面一起去看电影。
11.根据上一句“You look a little tired."和下一句回答"Well. Nothing serious.”可知，此处是询问对方
怎么了。故填What's wrong with you?
12.根据上一句“You know l like exercising."和下一句回答"Nearly every day.”可知，此处是询问对方
多长时间锻炼一次。故填How often do you exercise?
13.根据上一句“What kind of exercise do you often do?”和下一句“And sometimes lgo climbing with
my friends.”可知，这里应该是在回答自己经常做什么运动。可以结合实际回答，答案不唯一，参考
答案为：I often play volleyball after class.
14.根据下面的回答啊“Sure. I'd like togo with you”可知，此处应该问对方是否愿和自己一起去。故
填Would you like to go with me?
15.根据下一句"Tomorrow morning?”以及下面的回答"I have an art lesson tomorrow morning. Let's
meet at two o'clock tomorrow afternoon.”可知，此处应该是询问对方什么时候碰面。故填When
shall we meet?
Passage 4
【答案】16.I'm busy preparing for the examinations/Iam making progress in all subjects/l am
working hard on my studies/.. 17.Yes, I think so/Sure/Of course/⋯ 18.(By the way,) What do you
want to be in the future/What's your dream job/What willyou do when you grow up⋯ 19.(But)
How are you going to do that/What will do you to make your dream come true/How are you going to
realize your dream/... 20. Wish you success/Wish you allthe best in realizing your dream/ think you
will be a good teacher/.
【导语】本文是两人针对学业以及梦想进行的谈话。
16.根据“How are you getting on with your studies”和“Pretty well.. hope to get into a good senior high
第95页，共163页
school in autumn."可知最近在忙着学习，故答案为I'′m busy preparing for the examinations/Iam
making progress in all subjects/l am working hard on my studies/⋯。
17.根据“Do you think you can pass the exam?”和“I ill try my best and I believe in myself.”可知此处回
答的是肯定。故答案为Yes, I think so/ Sure/Of course/⋯。
18.根据“I want to be a village teacher when lgrow up.“可知此处问的是将来想从事什么样的工作，
故答案为(By the way,)What do you want to be in the future/What's your dream job/What will you do
when you grow up⋯。
19.根据“First, I'm going to study in a teachers'college and then work in a village school.”可知此处应该
问的是为了实现梦想会怎么去做，故答案为(But) How are you going to do that/What will do you to
make your dream come true/How are you going to realize your dream/⋯。
20.根据"I hear many village schools need teachers very much, so I want to go there to be a teacher.I
would like to help the children in the village."和"Thanks a lot."可知此处是祝愿对方成功。故答案为
Wish you success/Wish you all the best in realizing your dream/l think you willbe a good teacher/⋯。
Passage 5
【答案】21.How are you 22.What do you think of/How do you like 23.Would you like to go with
me 24. How much is a library card 25. Where shall we meet
【导语】本文是一段关于朋友偶遇并相约参观博物馆和图书馆的对话。
21.根据“Pretty good.”可知，此处应询问对方近况。故填How are you。
22.根据“It is wonderful and it is worth visiting”可知，此处应询问对博物馆的看法。故填What do
you think of/How do you like。
23.根据“Of course. I'd like to go and have a look with you.”可知，此处应邀请对方同行。故填Would
you like to go with me。
24.根据“A library card will be needed ifyou want to borrow books.So you'd better get one."和“Ten
yuan.”可知，此处应询问图书卡的价格。故填How much is a library card。
25.根据“Let's meet at the gate of the library.”可知，此处应询问见面地点。故填Where shall we
meet。
Passage 6
【答案】26. This is John/This is John speaking/John speaking/⋯ 27.What was the reason/Why
didn't you answer me/What were you doing then/⋯ 28.Have you ever been to Harbin
29. Fantastic/It's wonderful/t's a beautiful city/.⋯ 30. Do you want to go (there) with me/Would you
like to go (there) with me/How about going there together/Shall wego(there) together/Why not go
there with me
【导语】本文是约翰和汤姆之间约好去看电影的对话。
26.根据上一句“Hello, this is Tom speaking.Who is that?”可知，是在询问打电话的是谁。再结合下
第96页，共163页
一句“Hi,John.”,所以此处应回答是约翰在打电话，即“我是约翰”,可以用This is John、This is John
speaking或John speaking等。故填This is John/This is John speaking/John speaking/⋯。
27.根据上一句“I called you last night, but you didn't answer."和下一句“Oh, I was looking through
some information about the 9th Asian Winter Games."可知，此处应是询问没接电话的原因。可用
What was the reason、Why didn't you answer me或What were you doing then等。故填What was
the reason/Why didn't you answer me/What were you doing then/⋯.
28.根据上文"I hear it was held in Harbin, Heilongjiang."和下一句“Yes, I have. I went there with my
family three years ago."可知，此处应是询问对方是否去过哈尔滨。故填Have you ever been to
Harbin。
29.根据上一句“What do you think of Harbin?”和下一句"I fell in love with it as soon aslarrived there."
可知，此处应是回答觉得哈尔滨非常好。可用 Fantastic、It's wonderful或It's a beautiful city 等。故
填Fantastic/It's wonderful/It's a beautiful city /⋯。
30.根据上一句“Oh, there will be a new film in the cinema tonight."和下一句“Sounds great.I also like
watching movies.”可知，此处是邀请对方一起去看电影。可用Do you want to go (there) with me、
Would you like to go (there) with me、How about going there together、Shall we go (there) together或
Why not go there with me等。故填Do you want to go(there) with me/Would you like to go (there)
with me/How about going there together/Shall we go (there) together/Why not go there with me。
Passage 7
【答案】31.May I speak to Mike/. 32. What are you doing, Mike 33.Are you interested in it
34. Sure,I'd love to/Of course/.. 35.See you
【导语】本文是一段Jenny和Mike 之间的对话，主要是Jenny给Mike 打电话，Mike 正在练习使
用无人机，他将在6月参加无人机公开赛，他愿意教Jenny 使用无人机。
31.根据下文“This is Mike speaking.”可知是打电话用语，所以，此句应是询问能否和Mike通话。
故填May I speak to Mike/⋯。
32.根据下文“'m practicing using the drone.”可知，Mike 正在练习使用无人机，由此可知，此处是
问他正在做什么?故填What are you doing, Mike。
33.根据下文“Yes,lam so interested in it.”可知，Mike 对无人机非常感兴趣，所以，此处应是提问
Mike是否对无人机感兴趣。故填Are you interested in it。
34.根据上文“Can you teach me to fly the drone this weekend?”和“You can come to my home this
Saturday afternoon.”可知，Mike很愿意教Jenny放无人机。故填Sure, I'd love to/ Of course/⋯。
35.根据上文”Ssee you then.”可知，应回答再见。故填See you。
Passage 8
【答案】36.Which performance did you like best/What did you like best about it/Which program on
the Spring Festival Gala did you like best 37. The performance is wonderful/I believe this performance
第97页，共163页
is perfect/i think it shows that technology has developed a lot 38.English is really important/English
plays an important role in helping us keep up with the advanced technology around the world/It's helpful
for us to understand the advanced technology better 39. What else/Anything else 40.You′re
welcome/That’s all right
【导语】本文是A和B的一则对话，主要讨论了他们喜欢的春晚节目以及学习英语的重要性。
36.根据“1 loved the performance of the humanoid(仿真的)robots dancing. It was so amazing!”可知，
空处是询问对方意见。故填Which performance did you like best/What did you like best about
it/Which program on the Spring Festival Gala did you like best。
37.根据“What do you think of this performance?”可知，此处是回应对表演的评价。故填 The
performance is wonderful/I believe this performance is perfect/ think it shows that technology has
developed a lot。
38.根据“1agree.”可知，此处应补充学习英语的重要性。故填 English is really important/English
plays an important role in helping us keep up with the advanced technology around the world/It's helpful
for us to understand the advanced technology better。
39.根据“1 usually learn English by watching English movies and reading English books.”和“That sounds
good.”可知，此处是进一步询问对方学习英语还有没有其他的好处。故填What else/Anything else。
40.根据"Thanks for your advice."可知，此处应礼貌回应对方的感谢。故填You're welcome/That's
allright。
Passage 9
【答案】41. What's your New Year's resolutions?42. That sounds great. 43. When do you run?
44.Yes, I do. 45.Do you have any advice?
【导语】本文是Helen和 Peter介绍了彼此的新年计划。
41.根据”I've been thinking about my New Year's resolutions.”及"Well I plan to join the school's sports
team and run every day."可知，询问对方有什么新年决心，故填What's your New Year's resolutions?
42.根据"Well,I plan to join the school's sports team and run every day."及"I like running, too. Running
always makes me relaxed.”可知，Helen 也喜欢跑步，所以认为Peter的想法很不错，故填That
sounds great.
43.根据“1always run in the morning.”可知，询问什么时候跑步，故填When do you run?
44.根据“Ialways run in the morning.”及“Do you run every day?”可知，Helen总是在早上跑步，
Peter询问是否每天跑步，所以此处应是肯定回答，故填Yes, I do.
45.根据“Sure. Would you like to volunteer at the Old People's Home?”可知，询问对方是否有什么建
议，故填Do you have any advice?
Passage 10
【答案】46. Where were you/Where did you go/.. 47.It was wonderful/Great/Amazing/⋯ 48.I
第98页，共163页
went there with my friends/My parents/.. 49. Did you see the national flaggo up!⋯ 50. Would you
like to go there with me/Could you please go to Beijing with me/⋯
【导语】本文是一段关于李明和赵杰讨论北京之行的对话。主要讲述了李明上周末去北京旅游的
经历，包括参观的景点和感受。
46.根据“1went to Beijing for a visit”可知，此处应询问对方去了哪里。故填Where were you/Where
did you go。
47.根据“It was my first time there, so everything was interesting”可知，此处应表达积极的感受。故
填It was wonderful/Great/Amazing。
48.根据"Who did you go there with?"可知，此处应回答同行人员。故填I went there with my
friends/My parents。
49.根据“Yes, of course. I felt so proud when I saw our national flaggo up”可知，此处应询问是否观看
了升旗仪式。故填Did you see the national flag go up。
50.根据“Yes, sure. We can invite more friends to go with us”可知，此处应提出同行的邀请。故填
Would you like to go there with me/Could you please go to Beijing with me。
Passage 11
【答案】51.What are you doing these days/ What are you busy doing these days 52. Sounds
interesting 53. What other things do you plant/What else do you plant 54. Yes, we do 55. Would
you like to visit our garden
【导语】本文是一段关于Sam和同学在花园种植蔬菜的对话，主要谈论了种植的蔬菜种类、日常
照料以及邀请朋友参观等内容。
51.根据“I’m planting tomatoes in the garden with my classmates these days.”可知，此处询问 Sam最
近的活动。故填What are you doing these days/ What are you busy doing these days。
52.根据"I’m planting tomatoes in the garden with my classmates these days."可知，得知对方和同学
一起种西红柿，此处回答认为非常有趣。故填Sounds interesting。
53.根据“We also plant some cucumbers,potatoes and so on.”可知，此处询问还种了其他什么东
西。故填What other things do you plant/ What else do you plant。
54.根据“Do you look after the plants every day?”和“We all work hard to look after the plants every
day.“可知，此处为肯定回答每天都照料这些植物。故填Yes, we do。
55.根据“Sure,I'd love to.'′m looking forward to visiting it. Let's go.”可知，B在邀请A参观花园。故
填Would you like to visit our garden。
Passage 12
【答案】56. Could/Can you tell me how lcan improve my English/Could/Can you tellme how to
improve my English /Could you give me some advice on how to improve my English/..(言之有理即可)
57.Have you ever read it yet 58.It's fantastic/wonderful/interesting/exciting/⋯ 59. Sorry, I
第99页，共163页
can't/Sorry, Pm not available /'d love to, but I'm not free/'m afraid not
【导语】本文是David祝贺Jimmy在英语写作比赛中获得一等奖，并向他请教如何提高英语水平。
56.根据“I have problems with English.”以及"Sure.You can improve your English by reading English
books."可知，David提到自己英语有问题，空处应礼貌请求建议，可表达“你能告诉我我如何提高
我的英语?/你能给我一些有关如何提高我的英语的建议?”。故填 Could/Can you tell me how Ican
improve my English/Could/Can you tell me how to improve my English/Could you give me some advice
on how to improve my English/..(言之有理即可)。
57.根据“No, I haven't. What's it about?”可知，空处会询问是否曾经读过这本书。故填Have you
ever read it yet。
58.根据“What do you think of the book?”以及"I like it very much."可知，询问了对书的评价，对方
称很喜欢这本书，故空处会是积极的评价。故填It's fantastic/wonderful/interesting/exciting..。
59.根据“Would you like to go with me?”以及"I have to visit my grandparents with my father.”可知，
空处会针对邀请礼貌拒绝。故填Sorry, I can't/Sorry, I'm not available./'d love to, but I'′m not free.
/'m afraid not。
Passage 13
【答案】60.Have you ever learned about the festival 61.Why do Chinese people celebrate the
festival 62. What else do Chinese people do during the festival 63. Would you like to watch the
races with me 64.No problem/OK
【导语】本对话主要谈论端午节，以及两人约定一起去看龙舟赛。、
60.根据“Yes, I've read something about the festival. During the festival, Chinese people usually eat
zongzi.”可知，此处应是询问是否已经了解端午节，故填Have you ever learned about the festival。
61.根据"Well,I know that Chinese people celebrate it in order to remember a famous poet called Qu
Yuan."可知，此处应是询问中国人为何庆祝端午节。故填Why do Chinese people celebrate the
festival。
62.根据"They also hold dragon boat races.By the way, my brother will take part in the races this year.
And they will hold the races next Saturday morning.”可知，此处应是询问人们在端午节还做些什么。
故填What else do Chinese people do during the festival。
63.根据"Yes,Pd love to."和“Great! We can go to watch the races together next Saturday.”可知，此处
应是邀请对方一起去看龙舟赛。故填Would you like to watch the races with me。
64.根据"How about meeting at 7:30 a.m.at my home?”和“See you then."可知，此处应是表示同意对
方约定的时间。故填No problem/OK。
Passage 14
【答案】65. What are you doing? 66.What is it made of? 67. Who taught you to make it?
68. How long does it usually take you to make one?69.Yes, I'd love to.
第100页，共163页
【导语】本文是一段对话，内容围绕天灯的由来及做法展开。
65.根据“1'm making a sky lantern.”可知，是询问对方正在做什么,故填What are you doing?
66.根据”“It's made of bamboo and paper.”可知，是询问制作材料，故填What is it made of?
67.根据“My dad taught me to make sky lanterns.”可知，询问是谁教对方制作天灯的，故填Who
taught you to make it?
68.根据“It usually takes me about three hours to make one.”可知，询问制作天灯需要多久，故填
How long does it usually take you to make one?
69.根据“Can you teach me now?”可知，想要学习制作天灯，故填Yes,'d love to.
Passage 15
【答案】70. What's your dream?/What do you wantto be in the future? 71.Why?/Why do you
want to be an engineer? 72.What about you?/How about you?73.You are right. 74.What do
you like?
【导语】本文是Peter与Rose 谈论有关未来职业选择的一则对话。
70.根据下文回答"1want to be an engineer in the future. It's great in my heart."可知上文是询问对方
的梦想。故填What's your dream?/What do you want to be in the future?
71.根据下文回答“Because l ike science best, and lenjoy making things by myself.”可知上文是询问为
什么想成为工程师的原因。故填Why?/Why do you want to be an engineer?
72.根据回答“'m not sure.My parents give me some suggestions⋯.”可知此处是Rose 反问Peter未来
想做什么,故填What about you?/How about you?
73.根据上文“The key is to know yourselfand choose the right path.”及下文“But I′m not sure what I'm
good at.”可知 Peter同意Rose的观点，故填You are right.
74.根据下文回答"I like drawing."可知上文是询问Peter喜欢什么。故填What do you like?
Passage 16
【答案】75. Congratulations 76. Can you tell me how to learn English well 77. What shouldI do
78.You're welcome 79.You can keep a diary in English
【导语】本文主要就B向A寻求学会英语的建议而展开讨论的。
75.根据“1won first prize in the English speech competition yesterday.”可知，当对方告知好消息时，
应首先表示祝贺。故填Congratulations。
76.根据“Sure. In fact, English learning is very easy. What's your problem?”可知，空处应该是询问对
方是否可以告诉如何学好英语。故填Can you tell me how to learn English well。
77.根据"You can buy a grammar book and do some grammar exercises."可知，提出了学英语的一些
建议。故空处会询问“我该怎么办?”。故填What shouldIdo。
78.根据“Thank you for your advice.”可知，当对方道谢后，应礼貌回应，可表达“不客气。”故填
第101页，共163页
You′re welcome。
79.根据“Could you tell me how to improve my writing sills?”可知，询问如何提升写作技巧，故空处
会提出提升写作的建议，可表达为“你可以用英文写日记。”故填You can keep a diary in English。
Passage 17
【答案】80. Good afternoon 81. Which kind do you want 82.What is it made of 83. How much
is it 84.You're welcome
【导语】本文是购物场景对话，主要讲述了顾客B在商店为母亲选购围巾的过程。
80.根据“Good afternoon”可知，应该回应说下午好。故填Good afternoon。
81.根据"Idon'tknow which kind to choose."可知，问对方想要哪一种。故填Which kind do you
want。
82.根据"It is made of wool."可知，是问这个是由什么材料制作的。故填What is it made of。
83.根据“It is 180 yuan”可知，是询问价格。故填How much is it。
84.根据"Thank you."可知，应回答不客气。故填You're welcome。
Passage 18
【答案】85. Why do you want to be a traffic volunteer 86. When do you work 87. Sounds good
88. Where can lget the volunteer clothes 89. Thank you
【导语】本文是一段谈论做交通志愿者工作的对话。
85.根据“I'm interested in working as a traffic volunteer."以及"Because there is usually too much traffic
here."可知，后文提到了Mike提到参与活动的动机，此处应该提问为什么想做交通志愿者。故填
Why do you want to be a traffic volunteer。
86.根据“After school every weekday and on the weekend.”可知，Mike 回答具体时间段，此处需询
问时间安排。故填When do you work。
87.根据“We have a training class for volunteers this Saturday."以及"What should Itake with me?”可
知，B提到周六有培训，A应先肯定，再追问细节，故填Sounds good。
88.根据"And you also need a set of volunteer clothes."以及“You can get it in the Student Center.”可
知，B提到需要志愿者服装，A需问如何获取，故填Where can l get the volunteer clothes。
89.根据“You're welcome.”可知，此处应该致谢。故填Thank you。
Passage 19
【答案】90.Have you seen Ne Zha 2/Have you seen it yet/.. 91.Iagree with you/You are
right/Yes/Yes, I think so/I can't agree more/That's right/⋯ 92. Which character do you like best (in the
movie)/Who do you like best (in the movie)/What's your favourite character/. 93. I like the music
very much/The music is so wonderful/...(合理即可)94. Would you like to go with me/Would you love
to go with me/Will/Can/Could/Would you go with me/Do you want to go with me/.
【导语】本文是两人关于电影《哪吒2》的对话，讨论了对电影的观感、角色喜好和音乐等。
第102页，共163页
90.根据"Yeah,I have seen it already. I watched it with my parents."可推知，A在询问B是否看过这
部电影。故填Have you seen Ne Zha 2/Have you seen it yet/..
91.根据" think it is really amazing! The battles are really exciting.”以及“And I think the story is really
good too."可推知，A赞同B的观点。故填lagree with you/ You are right/Yes/Yes, I think so/I can't
agree more/ That's right/.⋯
92.根据“Ofall the characters, I like the Barrier Beasts best.”可推知，B在询问A最喜欢的角色。故
填Which character do you like best(in the movie)/Who do you like best(in the movie)/What's your
favourite character/.
93.根据"The music is great too.”以及B的回应"Yes, I do."可推知，B认为音乐非常完美。故填I like
the music very much/The music is so wonderful/..(合理即可)
94.根据“1 want to go to see it again."以及B的回答"Yes,I'd love to!”可推知，A在邀请B一起去看。
故填Would you like to go with me/Would you love to go with me/Wil/Can/Could/Would you go with
me/Do you want to go with me/.
Passage 20
【答案】95. What is your dream?96.Why? 97. I want to be a writer. 98.What do you like
doing in your free time?99. Yes, 'd love to.
【导语】本文是一篇谈论梦想的对话。
95.根据“In my childhood,my dream was to be a policeman.”可知，询问梦想是什么。故填What is
your dream?
96.根据“Because I watched police on the TV when Iwas young.”可知，询问原因。故填Why?
97.根据“What is your another dream?”“Because writing can help me describe many kinds of lives.”可
知，回答另一个梦想是当作家。故填Iwant to be a writer.
98.根据“I like reading books in my free time. I think reading books is an interesting thing.Sometimes, I
like writing something.”可知，询问空闲时间做什么。故填What do you like doing in your free time?
99.根据”1want to find some interesting books.”可知，接受邀请，是肯定回答。故填Yes,Id love to.
Passage 21
【答案】100. 'm sorry to hear that 101.How are you feeling now 102.Have you heard of it
103.How far is it from here 104. Of course
【导语】本文是A和B的一则对话，A、B多日未见，B生病了，A表示关心并询问现在如何，A
建议B多做运动并介绍可以在体育中心做什么以及到体育中心的距离。
100.根据“I was ill last week. I had to stay at home for several days."”可知，此处表达自己听到这个消
息很难过。故填'm sorry to hear that。
101.根据”I'm feeling better now.”可知，此处在询问对方现在的感觉。故填How are you feeling
now。
第103页，共163页
102.根据“No, I haven't heard of it.”可知，此处在询问对方是否听说过。故填Have you heard of it。
103.根据“It's only 10 minutes'walk from here.”可知，此处在询问离这里的距离。故填How far is it
from here。
104.根据"Would you like to go with me?”以及“Let's go there after school."可知，此处应是肯定回
答。故填Of course。
Passage 22
【答案】105. What are you going to do this evening 106. Because the seats there are uncomfortable
107. That sounds great 108. How much is the ticket
【导语】本文主要讲述了Rose和 Tom通过电话商量晚上看电影、游泳和跳舞的计划。
105.根据答句“'m going to see a movie at Wanda cinema this evening.”可知，此处询问对方今晚的计
划。故填What are you going to do this evening。
106.根据上文“No. I don't like it.”和“Why?”可知，Rose在询问 Tom不喜欢Renmin cinema的原因，
且下文提到“Oh, that's too bad.”说明 Tom给出了一个具体的负面原因。故填Because the seats there
are uncomfortable。
107.根据上文“How about dancing and swimming?”和下文“But which swimming pool should we go
to?”可知，Tom进一步询问细节，说明对Rose的提议表示赞同。故填That sounds great。
108.根据上文“And we need to buy tickets.”和答句“It's 30 yuan for each person.”可知，Tom在询问
游泳票的价格。故填How much is the ticket。
Passage 23
【答案】109. Why do you want to go there?110. What is it like?/What can it do?111. That's
amazing!/Sounds great!112.Would you like to go with me? 113. We can go there by plane.
【导语】本文是一则关于李明和汤姆谈论泰山机器狗的对话。
109.根据答语“Because lwant to see the robot dog on Mount Tai.”可知，这里是询问去泰山的原因。
故填Why do you want to go there?
110.根据下文“It's a robot that can help move garbage and remind tourists to protect the
environment.”可知，空处应是询问关于机器狗的情况。故填What is it like?/What can it do?
111.根据上文“It's a robot that can help move garbage and remind tourists to protect the
environment.”可知，此处应为表达对机器狗功能的赞叹。故填That's amazing!/Sounds great!
112.根据答语“Yes, I'd love to.”以及后文提到一起去泰山旅行可知，这里是邀请对方一起去。故填
Would you like to go with me?
113.根据答语“It's much faster than going there by train.”可以推测出，这里提到的出行方式应是飞
机。故填We can go there by plane.
Passage 24
【答案】114. t was fantastic/ It was wonderful 115. Where did you visit?/What places did you visit
第104页，共163页
there 116. Did you take any photos 117. Can you help me make a plan/Can you give me some
advice about the travel plan 118. Thanks a lot/Thank you very much
【导语】本文是段对话，讨论了玲玲假期去洛阳旅行的情况。
114.根据“How was your trip?”和“I really had a great time there.”可知，朋友问玲玲旅行情况，玲玲
玩的很开心，所以此处应填描述旅行很棒的句子。故填It was fantastic/ It was wonderful。
115.根据“Ivisited many places,such as..”可知，此处是问玲玲参观了哪些地方。故填Where did
you visit?/What places did you visit there。
116.根据“Yes, I did. Look at these photos.”可知，此处应为一般疑问句，问玲玲有没有拍照。故填
Did you take any photos。
117.根据“we can talk about the travel plan together“可知，朋友家人也要去洛阳旅行，这里是朋友
在请求玲玲帮忙制定计划或给出建议。故填Can you help me make a plan/Can you give me some
advice about the travel plan。
118.根据“You're welcome.”可知，此处应为朋友向玲玲表示感谢。故填Thanks a lot/Thank you very
much。
Passage 25
【答案】119. Sure/Of course 120. When will it be held 121.Have you finished the composition
122.You can write about its advantages 123.You're right
【导语】本文是一则对话，内容关于儿子想借爸爸的电话，想向DeepSeek 征询晚会创意方法。接
下来爸爸问儿子英语作文完成情况并建议儿子写人工智能的优点，儿子说人工智能只是一种工
具，怎么使用是最重要的，爸爸同意他的看法。
119.根据上文“Dad, could I borrow your mobile phone for a while?”及下文“What do you need it for?”
可知，空处是对上面问题的肯定回答。故填Sure/Of course。
120.根据上文“Our class is planning a graduation party."及下文“At 7:00p.m.next Friday on our
playground.”及标点符号可知，空处应是询问毕业派对的时间。故填When willit be held。
121.根据下文中“Not yet.There's still an English composition left.”及标点符号可知，空处应是询问对
方作业是否完成。故填Have you finished the composition。
122.根据上文中“I think Al can do a lot of things.”及下文“But Al is only a tool”可知，空处应是表达人
工智能的优点。故填You can write about its advantages。
123.根据上文“But Al is only a tool-how we use it matters most.”及下文“And I′m proud of your
opinion."可知，空处应是赞同对方的观点。故填You're right。
第105页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY 33-48(每日完成2-3组对话补全，限时5分钟/组)
Passage!
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
A: Hello, Linda. I haven't seen you for a long time.
B:Hello, Mary.1_?
A: I'm making a toy car.
B: Wow,it looks amazing. 2 ?
A:It's made of waste boxes.
B: Wonderful! You are helping protect the environment.
A:Yes. 3.
B: What kind of things do you recycle?
A:I recycle all kinds of things,such as waste bottles, used cans and waste boxes.
B:4?
A:By making new things. It's really interesting.
B: Sounds great! Could you tell me how to make a toy car?I'm also interested in it.
A:5. I will show you how to make it later.
Passage2
A:Hi, Helen! Do you know anything about Xi'an Marathon(马拉松)?
B:No, I don't.6__?
A: It was held on October 29.
B:_7__?
A: More than 30,000 took part in it.
B: Wow! That's cool!
A:Yes. Runners ran across the city and they could see lots of interesting places at the same time.
B: Great! Xi'an really has a lot to enjoy._8_?
A:About 40 kilometers
B: That's really a long way.
A:But there was also a 7-kilometer Run for Fun.
B: I know you are good at running. Did you join in the Run for Fun?
A:_9_! I ran with my parents.
B:What did you think of it?
A:_10_It made me relaxed. You can join in it next time.
B:OK.Let's join in it next time.
第106页，共163页
Passage3
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
A: Morning,Jack_11__?
B:It is Thursday. It's time to go to today's English club.
A:What's today's topic?
B:__12.
A:Life skills?_13?
B: Life skills are about clothes organizing,cleaning, cooking,pet care,gardening and so on.
A:What would you like to talk about today?
B: I'd like to talk about clothes organizing.
A:14 ?
B: Because Iknow some smart ways to fold clothes. What about you?
A:You are great. I want to say something about cleaning.
B: Emm⋯.you can talk about cleaning at school or outside school.
A:15_.The bell is ringing.Let's hurry.
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
A:Tony, you're in a hurry.16 ?
B: Hello,Ms.Lee. I'm going to the Lost and Found Office.
A:Did you lose anything?
B:17.
A: What color is your pencil box?
B: It's green. My aunt gave it to me as a birthday gift.
A:Look! I found one on the floor just now.18 ?
B: Let me see... Oh,it's mine.Look! Here's my name "Tony"! Thank you,Ms.Lee.
A:19.Look at this nice watch.Is it yours,too?
B:20_. It may be Bob's.
A:OK. I'll ask him later. Please be careful with your things.
B: I will.
Passage5
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:Long time no see! How was your winter vacation?
B:21 .I had much fun. How about yours?
A:Boring. 22You knowI’m not good at Chinese and we are going to have a test next week.
B:Don't worry. There are many good ways to learn Chinese.
A:You always get an A in Chinese._23 ?
B:I usually learn it by reading. It helps a lot.
A:What kind of books do you like to read?
Passage4
第107页，共163页
B: Ilike to read novels.I've just finished reading Red Star over China.
A:24 ?
B:It's great and educational. If you read it, you'l learn a lot, too.
A:But I don't have one. What should I do?
B:You can go to the school library to borrow one.
A:25 I'll go there at once.
Passage6
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
A:Hi, Sophie. You are going to be a senior high school student soon. 26?
B: I feel both nervous and excited. But I'llmiss my middle school life very much.
A:I think every student will. After all it is one of the most important periods in life.
B:27.Especially, I'll miss some of my teachers.They influenced me greatly.
A:28 ?
B: My English teacher Mrs. Lee influenced me most.
A:29 ?
B: Because she encouraged and helped me a lot on English learning during the three years
A: She is really a wonderful teacher.Will you say something to express your thanks to her when you leave
school?
B:30.And I will also make a gift for her by myself.
A: Excellent!
Passage7
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:Hey,did you hear the news? The Zhengzhou—Xuchang subway has opened!
B: No, I didn't. 31 ?
A:It started at 6 a.m. on December 26th.
B:Good news! I plan to take it. 32 ?
A: There are 27 stations in total on this line, covering both Zhengzhou and Xuchang.
B: It's a really convenient way to travel between the two cities.
A:33 It not only improves transportation,but also is good for the trade.
B:I'm just going to visit Henan Museum in Zhengzhou this weekend. 34 ?
A:Of course. 35 ?
B:How about 9a m.at the gate of the station? This is going to be such an exciting experience.
Passage8
根据所给对话，填写适当的内容，使其完整、通顺、正确，每空词数不限。
W:UCI booking line.36___?
M: I'd like to book two tickets for the new film,please.
W:Certainly. There are showings at 5:30 p.m.,8p.m.and 10:30 p.m. every day.
M:In that case, I think the 5:30 one on Friday is OK,please.
第108页，共163页
W:Let me check.⋯__37____it is fully booked. Would you like to try the later one?
M: Er...yes,please.
W: There are seats for the 8 o'clock showing. Do you want them?
M: Yes,please.
W:___38____?
M:Darren Brown. It's 6398-0102.__39___?
W:You can collect them from the box office any time before the start of the flm.
W:___40_Goodbye.
Passage9
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意义连贯、完整。
A:Hi,Dave. 41 ?
B: I am here for Tony.Do you know where he is?
A: Maybe he is in his classroom.42 ?
B: Yes. But there is nobody in his classroom.
A:Oh,I remember.43.I think they will be back soon.You can wait for a while.
B: But I have to go to a football match right away.
A:Oh.44 ?
B: That's great. Please tell him his cousin will arrive at the high-speed railstation at half past six this
afternoon and he must get there at least 5 minutes earlier than that to meet him.
A:OK,I will give him the message as soon as possible.
B:45.
A:You're welcome.
Passage10
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
A:Good morning, Sir. 46?
B:Yes,please.I'm looking for some books for my father. His birthday is coming.
A:Well. What is he interested in?
B:47. He goes fishing every week.
A:It's a good hobby. Is he good at it?
B: No,not really. He often comes back without any fish.
A:I see. 48?
B:Let me have a look. Oh,it's for beginners, just right for him.
A:Yes,and it will be very helpful. I'm sure your father will like it.
B: I hope so.49?
A:It's only $25.
B:OK. 50.Let me pay by WeChat. Thanks.
A:You're welcome.
M: Thank you.
第109页，共163页
Passage11
根据所给对话，填写适当的内容，使其完整、通顺、正确，每空词数不限。
A:Hi,Tony. 51?
B: 1usually get up at6:30.My mother doesn'tallow me to get up late.
A:Well, what do you usually do after getting up?
B: Do morning exercises.
A:It's a good habit52_?
B: For about 40minutes.
A:53 ?
B:Yes, I like running. Running is also my favorite sport. Do you like it?
A:54 It makes me too tired.By the way, can you play basketball?
B: Just a little. But I am also interested in basketball.
A:Oh,me too.55_.
B: Great! Let's go after school.
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(A=Linda,B=ChatGPT)
A:Hello, ChatGPT.I've been hearing a lot about you lately.
B: Hello, Linda.I′m happy to be able to provide assistance(帮助)and answers to people. What would you
like to know about me?
A:56 ?
B: I learn by processing a huge number of data(数据).
A:That's amazing! 57?
B: No,never. I don't have a biological brain,so I don't forget in the same way humans do. But if the data
is lost or broken, I may not be able to get the right information anymore.
A:Do you make mistakes?
B:58. I'm not perfect, but I am always learning and improving.
A:I believe you will be better.59?
B: My only“dream” is to keep learning and providing better assistance to people in the future.
A:That's a cool dream!60 I learned more about you today.
B: If you have any other questions or need help in the future, feel free to reach out to me again.
Passage12
重难提升练
Passage13
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:Hi,Linda. What life skill classes are you going to choose next term?
B: I'm not sure,1?
第110页，共163页
A:Let's check them on the online system Smart Campus(智慧校园).
B: Let me see. There are quite a few choices, such as planting and money planning.
A:2.What about you?
B: Maybe I will take money planning course.
A:3?
B: Money planning course is about spending money wisely. We can also learn how to save money.
A:But we are not making any money now.4_?
B:Yes, I think it's necessary. We will use what we have learned one day.
A:5.Maybe I can go with you.
B: Why not? Let's do it together.
Passage14
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:Hi,Peter! The weekend is finally here.6__?
B: Yeah. What about seeing a film tomorrow?
A:7___?
B: Kung Fu Panda 4.
A:_8_. I heard the city museum was open to the public last month. Would you like to go
with me?
B: Good idea.__9__.
A:Great! When and where shall we meet?
B: It open sat 9o'clock in the morning.10____
A:OK, see you then.
B: See you.
Passage15
阅读下面对话，在每个空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话完整，合乎情境。
(Peter meets Mike at the school party.)
Peter: Hey, Mike! Long time no see!
Mike: Hi,Peter. It's been three years since we last saw each other.
Peter:Yeah.You are taller than before. 11 ?
Mike: No,I didn't use to wear glasses. And I'm much taller than before.
Peter:You are tall and strong now.Your shirt is special! 12 ?
Mike: A hundred percent cotton.It's nice and soft,and it was made in China.
Peter: It looks so nice.Listen,someone is playing the guitar.How beautiful the music is! What kind of
music do you like, Mike?
Mike:13_.
Peter: Sounds nice. Look at the boy sitting in the corner. Let's say "hello” to him.
Mike:OK.He is Piao Mingzhe from Korea. He is my friend. Let me introduce him to you.
Peter: Thank you! By the way,14 ?
第111页，共163页
Mike: When people meet for the first time in Korea,they're supposed to bow.
Passage16
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
M:Your face smiles like a flower. 15 ?
W: My winter homework was given the best homework.
M:16IWhat's your winter homework about?
W:Thank you! It's about the environmental protection. I made a lanten by hand with second-hand
materials, which has light bulbs and can be lit by itself
M:17 ! How did you come up with an idea of making a lantern?
W:Lots of things are thrown away every day, including many reusable things.During the winter vacation,
we often watch lanterns and guess riddles. Suddenly an idea hit on me—18 ?So I use the physical
knowledge and second-hand materials to make a lantern.
M: Wow! I should learn from you.
W: Thank you! It's no big deal. We can do something like this together in the future.
M:19 !It's a good chance for me to make progress.
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hi,Monica! I'm feeling blue today.
B:Oh,hi,Ross.I'm sorry to hear that.20___?
A:I′m upset about my school report. I just don't understand why I can't make progress even though I stay
uplate.
B:____21___?
A: Maybe you can give me some advice on studying after school.
B:22__Don't put too much pressure on yourself. Health comes first.
A:You are right._23___ Is there anything else I can do?
B: What's more,you need to review what you've learned often and find your learning method.
A: That sounds good._24_
B: You're welcome.
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:Dick, what's the matter with you?
B:25.
A:Do you remember the last time you saw the textbook?
B: Uhm,let me see. I went to the library in the afternoon. I remember I put it in my schoolbag.
A:26 ?
B: No, I only borrowed a book from the library.
A:27 ?
B: I went to my good friend's house and we did our homework together.
Passage17
Passage18
第112页，共163页
A:28_.
B: You're right. I probably left it in my friend's house.
A:Well, you can call her to ask if she saw it.
B:OK._29 .Thank you.
Passage19
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:Have you heard of Rong Chuang Amusement Park?
B: Yes. 30 _Can you introduce some interesting rides for me?
A:Sure. 31 ?
B: Umm. A little.
A:The Roller Coaster there is very exciting. You can hear the shouting any time you pass by.
B: Oh,I can't try that. It will make me feel so scared. 32 ?
A:One thingyou can't miss there is Leaping over Chongqing. It must be the most meaningful project
there. You can sit on a special chair and wear VR glasses. And most of the famous spots in Chongqing will
be shown in front of you.
B: That's amazing. 33 What else do you suggest?
A:The food there is very delicious. You'd better take enough money.
B:34 I will go there this weekend.
A: Hope you have a good time there.
Passage20
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: The traffic accident happening several days ago was really terrible.
B: Yes,traffic safety is very important for us students. 35?
A:Yes, of course. Students should always keep right on the roads. And remember it's very dangerous to
play on the roads.
B: Students riding bikes are more likely to have accidents. 36 ?
A: They should obey the traffic rules and shouldn't ride too fast. It's dangerous to have something in hands
while riding.
B:You're right. Danger is everywhere if we are careless. 37.
A:Yes,remember not to get on the bus until it stops,and it's very important to have a look at the roads
before getting off.
B: That's true.38 ?
A: That's a good idea.Let's have a talk about it with our class teacher.
B:When shall we go to our class teacher?
A:39.
B:OK.
Passage21
根据下面的对话情景，在横线上填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
第113页，共163页
A:Your paper cutting is beautiful, Jim!40 ?
B: Thanks! I learned it in our school's Paper Cutting Club.
A:41 ?
B: Once a week. Every Friday afternoon.
A:Your skills have improved a lot.
B:42 I I practice a lot.
A:It must require patience.
B:Yes,it takes great patience to finish one piece of work.
A:Have you created your own designs?
B: Not yet, but I'm working on it.
A: I'm very interested in it. 43 ?
B: Start simple and practice. Take classes if possible.
A:I might give it a try.
B:44_
A: Thanks for sharing, Jim.
Passage22
根据下面对话中的情景，在每个空白处填入适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
ua.,rzeuus. wezcopme so my wrunuay pary;
Cindy:Hi, Tina. Your birthday is coming. Happy birthday to you first.
Tina @Cindy: Thank you very much.45?
Cindy @Tina: Sure, I'd love to. But I'm not available. I have to go to the doctor,and prepare for my exam
today.
Tina@Cindy:46 ?
Cindy @Tina: Sorry, tomorrow I have to play soccer and I have a piano lesson.
Tina@Cindy:Oh,you are really busy.
Cindy @Tina: I hope you have a good time at your party.
Percy@Tina:Hi,Tina. I am free. 47 ?
Tina@Percy: At my home.
Percy@Tina:OK. I willcome on time. 48 ?
Tina@Percy: No,I'll buy all the food and drinks.
Percy@Tina: OK.See you then.
Tina@Percy:49__.
第114页，共163页
Passage23
用适当的句子、短语或单词完成对话，使对话完整正确。
Mrs. Smith: Excuse me.
David:Yes,1 ?
Mrs. Smith: P'd like to get some information about your summer camp.
David:Yes,of course. Our summer camp is a great experience for children. They learn about themselves,
live close to nature and make new friends.
Mrs. Smith: It sounds wonderful. 2 ?
David:It lasts three weeks,starting from the beginning ofJuly.
Mrs. Smith:3 students are there in each group?
David: Eight. Through the smallgroup size, we provide students with the chance to make new friends.
Mrs. Smith: That's great. And do you plan different activities?
David:4 Students can take part in different activities to get close to nature and try out new ideas.
Mrs. Smith: 5. Summer camping is good to help children grow up.I'll think about it.
Passage24
通读对话，根据上下文补全对话内容。
A:Hi,Li Hua.Junior high school life has come to an end. What are you going to do during this summer
vacation?
B:6.
A: Sounds great. Longhui is a good place to visit in summer
B: 7 _?
A:It's about 60 kilometers away from Shaoyang. 8 ?
B: By car. My father will drive our family there.
A: That's cool.By the way, why do you want to travel to Longhui?
B: Because I like the song Good morning, Longhui very much.
A:9 ?
B: I like it because it is full of positive energy and makes me feel relaxed and happy.
A:I agree.Wish you a good summer vacation.
B:10。
Passage25
通读下面的对话，然后根据上下文补全对话内容。
A:Hi, Helen. I didn't see you last night.
B:Yeah,I stayed at home.
A:__11____?
B: I watched CCTV-1.It was about sending up a rocket.
第115页，共163页
A: Wow! Sounds exciting.___12____?
B:Yes, I do.I want to be an astronaut like Wang Yaping whenI grow up.
A:_13___?
B: I'm going to study science really hard and exercise every day.
A:By the way,_____14____?
B:I usually exercise on the playground.It's a good place for me to exercise.
A:Let's play basketball there tonight, shall we?
B:_____15___. See you tonight.
A:See you.
Passage26
在下面对话的空白处填上适当的话语，使对话完整。话语可能是句子、短语或单词。
W: Good morning, sir.
M: Good morning.
W:Is this your first time to visit Beijing?
M:16 .Ihaven't got a chance before.
W:Welcome to Beijing! 17 ?
M:I arrived here two days ago.
W: Where have you been in the past two days?
M: I've been to the Great Wall.
M: It's so great!
W:We are all proud of it. There're many other places of interest in Beijing.19_are you going to stay
here?
M: For about five days.
W:20 !
M: Thanks.
W:You're welcome.
在下面对话的空白处填入适当的话语，使对话完整。
A:Hello, Lin Tao! What are you going to do this summer vacation?
B: Nothing much.21 ?
A:I'm going to the Ancient City of Pingyao. I love the local food there.
B:22 ?
A:Yes, I have been there before. But I want to go there again.
B:23 ?
A:It's in Shanxi Province(省).Would you like to go with me?
B:24 .After hearing your words,I'm interested in it.
A:What about making a trip plan first?
W:18 ?
Passage27
第116页，共163页
B:25.
A:Let's do it now.
Passage28
Complete the dialogue with proper sentences.
(Xiao Qimeets her American friend Emily on the street.)
A:Hi, Emily! What are you going to do this Sunday?
B: Nothing much. What's up?
A:I heard a baby panda was born in the zoo.I′m going to have a look.26?
B: Sure,I'd love to. You like pandas, don't you?
A:Yes. In fact,pandas are my favorite animals.
B:27?
A:Because they are very cute. And they are a symbol of China.
B: Well, I become interested in them.28?
A:OK.Pandas mainly live in Southwest China. They can live to be 20 to 30 years old.
B:29?
A: They eat bamboo and fruit.
B:Oh, I see. Are they endangered?
A:No. Thanks to the government and workers'efforts, pandas are no longer endangered now.
B:30 ! Thank you for telling me so much.
A:You're welcome. See you this Sunday.
在下面对话的空白处填入适当的话语，使对话完整。
A:Hello, this is Tom. 31 ?
B: Yes,this is Mike speaking.
A:Hi,Mike. Can you go to the movies with me tonight?
B:32 .I'm not feeling well.
A:33 ?
B: I have a headache.
A: I'm sorry to hear that. 34 ?
B:Yes, I have seen the doctor. He said I just had a cold. It's not serious.
A:Oh, lie down and have a rest.Let's make it next time.
B: OK.
A:35_.
B: Thank you.
Passage30
在下面对话的空白处填上适当的话语(话语可以是句子、短语或词),使对话完整。
A:Hi,Mary! I heard someone play the violin last night. What wonderful music! 36 ?
B: I did. I often play the violin when Iam free.
Passag29
第117页，共163页
A:37 ?
B:Twice a week
A:It's really nice. 38?
B: Quite a few things. Like taking a walk, doing sports and so on. What do you do in your spare time?
A:Besides doing my homework,I have to take my after school classes.I don't have time to do other
things to relax myself.
B:39 ?For example,you can listen carefully in class and try to solve your problems at school.Then
you will have more free tine.
A:40! I'll have a try.
B: I believe you can make it.
Passage31
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Sam and Joe are talking on the phone)
Sam:Hello,who's that?
Joe:Hi,Sam.41____
Sam:Hi, Joe. What's up?
Joe:You know the graduation day is coming. I want to buy my classmates some gifts to show my thanks.
They have helped me a lot for the past three years. But I don't know what to buy. 42_?
Sam:How about giving each of them a handwritten thank-you card? Trust me! They will love it.
Joe: Sounds great! 43_?
Sam: Yes, I am free tomorrow.
Joe:Would you like to buy the cards with me?
Sam:Of course.44 ?
Joe: How about 10 am.at our school gate?
Sam: No problem. See you then.
Joe:45__
Passage32
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:Hey, Leilei!Have you got any plans for the weekend?
B: Not yet. 46 ?
A:I heard the Science and Technology Center is a great place to visit. 47 ?
B:I am sorry, but I have been there already.
A:What a pity! When did you go there?
B:48.I went with my family.
A:Did you enjoy yourselves?
B:Yes, we had a great time there.
A:49 ?
B: We watched a video about how Shenzhou-16 was sent into space successfully.
第118页，共163页
A:What else did you do?
B:50.
A:Cool! I will ask my sister to go with me this weekend
B: Have a good time!
第119页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY 33-48答案解析(每日完成2-3组对话补全，限时5分钟/组)
模拟基础练
Passagel
【答案】1. What are you doing/What are you busy with
2. What is it made of
3. Recycling is good for the environment/My parents always tell me to recycle things in my daily life
4. How do you use/recycle these things/them
5. Sure/Certainly/No problem.
【导语】本文是A、B两个人的对话。A告诉B他在用废旧盒子做玩具车，并表示回收很多废弃物
品制作新东西，最后A教B做玩具车。
1.根据“T'm making a toy car.”可知，此处在问对方在干什么/在忙什么,故填What are you
doing/What are you busy with。
2.根据“It's made of waste boxes.”可知，此处在问它是用什么做的，故填What is it made of。
3.根据“You are helping protect the environment.”和“What kind of things do you recycle?”可知，此处
可说很多东西回收再利用有利于环保，也可说我父母总告诉我回收利用东西，故填Recycling is
good for the environment/My parents always tell me to recycle things in my daily life。
4.根据“By making new things.”可知，此处在问怎么回收再利用这些东西，故填How do you
use/recycle these things/them。
5.根据“Could you tell me how to make a toy car?”和“Twill show you how to make it later.”可知，A同
意教B做玩具车，故填Sure/Certainly/No problem。
Passage2
【答案】
6.When was it held
7.How many people took part in the running
8.How far is the running
9.Yes, I did
10. It was great/good
【导语】本文是两个人谈论西安马拉松赛跑的对话。
第120页，共163页
6.根据答语“It was held on October 29.”可知，在询问西安马拉松举办的时间。故填When was it
held。
7.根据答语“More than 30,000 took part in it.”可知，在询问参加的跑步人数。故填How many
people took part in the running。
8.根据答语“About 40 kilometers.”可知，在询问跑步距离。故填How far is the running。
9.根据上文“Did you join in the Run for Fun?”以及下文“I ran with my parents.”可知，此处作肯定回
答。故填Yes, I did。
10.根据上文“What did you think of it?”以及下文“It made me relaxed.”可知，觉得很棒。故填It was
great/good.
Passage3
【答案】11. What day is it today 12. Today's topic is life skills 13.What are they about
14. Why do you talk about it 15. Good idea
【导语】本文是A与B之间的对话。主要谈论了英语俱乐部的主题。
11.根据下文“It is Thursday.”可知，此处在询问今天是星期几。故填What day is it today。
12.根据上文“What's today's topic?”以及下文“Life skills?”可知，此处回答今天主题是什么。故填
Today's topic is life skills。
13.根据下文“Life skill are about clothes organizing,cleaning, cooking,pet care,gardening and so on.”
可知，此处询问生活技能具体是关于什么的。故填What are they about。
14.根据上文“T'd like to talk about clothes organizing.”以及下文“Because I know some smart ways to
fold clothes.”可知，此处询问为什么谈论这个方面。故填Why do you talk about it。
15.根据上文“Emmyou can talk about cleaning at school or outside school.”可知，此处是针对别人的
提议表示赞同。故填Good idea。
Passage4
【答案】16. Where are you going 17.Yes, I lost my pencil box 18. Is it yours/Is this your pencil
box 19.You're welcome 20. No, it isn't
【导语】本文讲了托尼报告丢失了一个绿色的铅笔盒，李老师帮他找到了。
16.根据“I’m going to the Lost and Found Office.”可知，此处是问“你要去哪里”,故填Where are you
going,
17.根据“Did you lose anything?”及“What color is your pencil box?”可知，此处回答“是的，我丢了铅
笔盒”,故填Yes, I lost my pencil box。
18.根据“Ifound one on the floor just now.”及“Oh, it's mine.”可知，此处是问“是你的吗”,故填Is it
yours/Is this your pencilbox。
19.根据“Thank you, Ms.Lee.”可知，此处回答感谢，故填You're welcome。
20.根据“Is it yours,too?”及“It may be Bob's.”可知，此处回答“不是”,故填No, it isn't。
第121页，共163页
Passage5
【答案】21. Itwas great 22.I just stayed at home to learn Chinese 23.How doyou learn Chinese
24.What do you think of it/How do you like it 25. That's a good idea/That sounds good/Great
【导语】本文是A、B二人交流各自的寒假生活，B向A推荐学习中文的方法。
21.根据上文“How was your winter vacation?”询问假期过得怎么样；和下文“T had much fun.”我玩得
很开心；可知此处指“假期过得很好”。故填It was great.
22.根据下文“You knowI'm not good at Chinese and we are going to have a test next week.”中文学不
好，下周有考试；可知此处指“假期在家学习中文”。故填Ijust stayed at home to learn Chinese.
23.根据下文“I usually learn it by reading. It helps a lot.”介绍学习方法；可知此处是问对方“怎么学
好中文”。故填How do you learn Chinese?
24.根据下文“It's great and educational.”对这本书评价：可知此处是问对方“这本书怎么样”。故填
What do you think of it/How do youlike it?
25.根据上文“You can go to the school library to borrow one.”提议对方到图书馆借书；和下文“T'l go
there at once.”马上去；可知此处指“赞同对方的建议”。故填That's a good idea/That sounds
good/Great.
Passage6
【答案】26.How do you feel 27.Yes 28.Who influenced you the most 29. Why 30. Of
course
【导语】本文是Sophie即将初中毕业，进入高中学习，A询问Sophie的感受以及最想感谢谁。
26.根据“I feel both nervous and excited”可知，询问对方感受如何，故填How do you feel。
27.根据“After all, it is one of the most important periods in life.”及“Especially,I'll miss some of my
teachers.”可知，此处应是认可对方的看法，故填Yes。
28.根据“My English teacher Mrs.Lee influenced me most.”可知，询问谁的影响最大，故填Who
influenced you the most。
29.根据“Because she encouraged and helped me a lot on English learning during the three years.”可
知，询问为什么,故填Why。
30.根据“Will you say something to express your thanks to her when you leave school?”及“And I will
also make a gift for her by myself.”可知，一定会表达自己对老师的感谢，故填Of course。
Passage7
【答案】31. When did it start 32.How many stations are there 33.You are right
34. Would you like to go with me 35.When and where shallwe meet
【导语】本文是关于谈论郑州至许昌地铁的开通以及去参观河南博物馆的一则对话。
31.根据下文“It started at 6a.m.on December 26th”可知，上句应该是问什么时候开始的。故填
When did it start。
32.根据下文“There are 27 stations in total on this line,covering both Zhengzhou and Xuchang”可知，
第122页，共163页
上句应该是问一共有多少个站。故填How many stations are there。
33.根据上文“It's a really convenient way to travel between the two cities”和下文“Tt not only improves
transportation, but also is good for the trade”可知，此处是赞同对方的观点。故填You are right。
34.根据上文“I’m just going to visit Henan Museum in Zhengzhou this weekend”和下文“Of course”可
知，此处是邀请对方和自己去河南博物馆。故填Would you like to go with me。
35.根据下文“How about 9 a.m.at the gate of the station”可知，此处说的是见面的时间和地点。故
填When and where shall we meet。
Passage8
【答案】36.Can I helpyou 37. Sorry 38.Can I take your name and telephone number,please
39. When can I get my tickets 40.You're welcome
【导语】本文是一则关于订购最新电影票的具体细节的对话。
36.根据答句“T'd like to book two tickets for the new film,please.”可知，顾客想要订购两张电影票，
空处应是售票员在问“有什么能帮助您的吗?”。故填Can I help you。
37.根据上文“Ithink the 5:30 one on Friday is OK,please.”和下文“it is fully booked.”可知，五点半的
票售完了，空处应是售票员表示歉意。故填Sorry。
38.根据答句“Darren Brown. It's 6398-0102.”可知，问句是在问名字和电话号码。故填Can I take
your name and telephone number,please。
39.根据答句“You can collect them from the box office any time before the start of the film.”可知，回
答的是可以在电影开始之前的任何时间去售票处取票，所以问句是在问取票的时间。故填When
can I get my tickets。
40.根据上文“Thank you.”可知，顾客对售票员表示感谢，售票员应回答“不客气”。故填You're
welcome。
Passage9
【答案】41.Why are you here 42.Have you looked for him there
43. They are planting trees behind our school 44. Then can I take a message for you 45. Thanks a
lot
【导语】本文是大卫和A的一段对话，大卫要找托尼，但是托尼不在，大卫拜托A为其留言。
41.根据答语“Tam here for Tony.”可知上面的问句应问你为什么在这，故填Why are you here。
42.根据答语“Yes. But there is nobody in his classroom.”可知此处应为一般疑问句，询问大卫是否在
教室寻找过他。故填Have you looked for him there。
43.根据上文“Oh, I remember.”及下文“I think they will be back soon.”可知他们正在附近做什么事
情，用进行时说适合语境的事即可。故填They are planting trees behind our school。
44.根据下文“I will ive him the message as soon as possible.”可知A询问是否需要捎口信。故填
Then can Itake a message for you。
第123页，共163页
45.根据下文“You're welcome.”可知此句为大卫表示感谢。故填Thanks a lot。
Passage10
【答案】46. Can I helpyou 47.He is interested in fishing
48. What about this one 49.How much is it 50. I'll take it
【导语】本文是一则谈论购买钓鱼方面书籍的对话。
46.根据下文“Yes,please.I'′m looking for some books for my father.”可知，此处应说我能为您效劳
吗，故填Can I help you。
47.根据“What is he interested in?”和“He goes fishing every week.”可知，此处应说他对钓鱼很感兴
趣，故填He is interested in fishing。
48.根据下文“Let me have a look. Oh, it's for beginners,just right for him.”可知，此处是售货员询问
这本书怎么样，故填What about this one。
49.根据下文“It's only $25.”可知，此处是询问多少钱，故填How much is it。
50.根据“Let me pay by WeChat.”可知，此处说的是要买这本书，故填I'll take it。
Passage11
【答案】51. What time do you usually get up every morning/When do you usually get up
52. How long doyou usually do morning exercises
53.Doyou like running
54. No,I don't/No/Not at all
55.Let's practice it together/Let's play it together
【导语】本文是一则对话，两人谈论了自己喜欢的运动。
51.根据答语“I usually get up at 6:30.”通常6:30起床；可知此处是问对方通常每天早上几点起床。
故填What time do you usually get up every morning/When do you usually get up。
52.根据答语“For about 40 minutes.”大约40分钟；可知此处是问对方做多长时间早操。故填How
long do you usually do morning exercises。
53.根据答语“Yes,I like running”是的，我喜欢跑步；可知此处是一般疑问句，问对方是否喜欢跑
步。故填Do you like running。
54.根据上文“Do you like it?”是一般疑问句；“It makes me too tired”它让我太疲劳；可知此处应作
否定回答。故填No, I don'tNo/Not at all。
55.根据上文“But I am also interested in basketball.”对篮球也感兴趣；和下文“Great! Let's go after
school.”放学后一起去；可知此处是提议一起打篮球。故填Let's practice it together/Let's play it
together。
Passage12
【答案】
56.How do you learn
57. Do you always have a biological brain
第124页，共163页
58. Yes, I do
59. What's your dream
60. Thank you
【导语】本文是一则ChatGPT与Linda的对话，谈论了关于ChatGPT的一些问题。
56.根据"I learn by processing a huge number of data”可知，应是问怎样学习的，疑问词how“怎
样”,时态是一般现在时，主语是you,助动词用do。故填How do you learn。
57.根据“No,never. I don't have a biological brain,”可知，回答是从没有过，所以应是问对方是否⋯
直有生物大脑，时态是一般现在时，主语是you,助动词用 do,副词 always表示“总是，一直”。
故填Doyou always have a biological brain。
58.根据“Do you make mistakes?”以及“T'm not perfect,”可知，应是肯定回答，故填Yes, I do。
59.根据“My only 'dream'is to keep learning and providing better assistance to people in the future.”可
知，应是问对方的梦想是什么,疑问词 what“什么”。故填What's your dream。
60.根据“Ilearned more about you today.”可知，Linda问完了问题，结束时应表示感谢。故填
Thank you。
重难提升练
Passage13
【答案】1. what classes will our school offer/what classes do we have at our school⋯ 2. I haven't
made a decision yet/I stillhave no idea.. 3. What is this course about 4. Do you think it's
necessary/Do you really want to take that course/Do you think our school should offer this course⋯
5. Sounds great/You are right..
【导语】本文是一段琳达和A之间关于选择下学期课程的对话。
1.根据上文“What life skill classes are you going to choose next term?”和下文答语“Let's check them
on the online system Smart Campus.”可知，此处是询问学校开设什么样的课程。故填what classes
will our school offer/what classes do we have at our school..。
2.根据下文“What about you?”可知，此处是指自己还没有决定。故填I haven't made a decision yet/
still have no idea⋯。
3.根据答语“Money planning course is about spending money wisely.”可知，此处是询问理财课程是
关于什么的。故填What is this course about。
4.根据下文答语“Yes, I think it's necessary.”可知，此处是询问是否有必要。故填Do you think it's
necessary/Do you really want to take that course/Do you think our school should offer this course..。
5.根据下文“Maybe I can go with you.”可知，此处是赞同对方的观点。故填Sounds great/You are
right..。
第125页，共163页
Passage14
【答案】6. Got any plans/Do you have any plans/Willyou do something interesting. 7. What's
on/What film would you like to see/What's the movie!⋯ 8.I have seen it already/I don't like that
movie/I think it's boring.. 9. It is a wonderful place to visit/I like old things,too/There are a lot to see
in it.. 10. Let's meet at 8:30 in front of the museum/Let's meet at 8:00 at the school gate/Let's meet at
8:10 at the bus stop⋯
【导语】本文是两人谈论周末计划去哪里的对话。
6.根据“Yeah. What about seeing a film tomorrow?”可知，此处是问周末有没有什么计划/周末将去做
一些有趣的事情吗。故填Got any plans/Do you have any plans/Will you do something interesting⋯
7.根据下文“Kung Fu Panda 4.”可知，此处是问正在上映的电影是什么/你想看什么电影/什么电
影。故填What's on/What film would you like to see/What's the movie⋯
8.根据上文“Kung Fu Panda 4.”和“I heard the city museum was open to the public last month. Would
you like to go with me?”可知，此处是对电影进行评价，结合下文邀请对方去城市博物馆可知，此处
指已经看过电影/不喜欢这部电影/认为这部电影很无聊。故填I have seen it already/l don't like that
movie/I think it's boring.
9.根据空前“Good idea.”可知，答应一起去城市博物馆，此处是对城市博物馆的评价，可以回答为
它是一个游览的好地方/我也喜欢古老的东西/那里有很多可以看的东西。故填It is a wonderful place
to visit/I like old things, too/There are a lot to see init/⋯
10.根据空前“It open sat9 o'clock in the morning.”可知，城市博物馆早上9点开门，两人见面的时
间应是在9点之前，答案不唯一，言之有理即可。故填Let's meet at 8:30 in front of the
museum/Let's meet at 8:00 at the school gate/Let's meet at 8:10 at the bus stop..
Passage15
【答案】11.Did you use to wear glasses 12. What is it made of 13.I like/prefer music that I can
dance to/I can sing along withhelps me relax.. 14. what are people supposed to do when they meet for
the first time in Korea
【导语】本文是一段彼得与迈克在学校派对上的对话。对话中，两人讨论了喜欢的音乐以及韩国
人第一次见面的礼节等话题。
11.根据“No,I didn't use to wear glasses.”可知，此处应用一般疑问句询问迈克过去是否戴了眼镜。
故填Did you use to wear glasses。
12.根据“A hundred percent cotton.”可知，此处是询问衣服是由什么制成的。故填What is it made
of
13.根据“What kind of music do you like,Mike?”可知，此处应该回答喜欢什么样的音乐。故填I
like/prefer music that I can dance to/I can sing along with/helps me relax⋯。(开放性问题，合理即
可)
第126页，共163页
14.根据答语“When people meet for the first time in Korea, they're supposed to bow.”可知，此处是询
问在韩国，人们第一次见面应该如何打招呼。故填what are people supposed to do when they meet for
the first time in Korea。
Passage16
【答案】15. What good news do you have/ What's up/What happened to you
16. Congratulations(to you)
17. How creative/excellent/great you are
18. Why not make a lantern with second-hand materials/What(How) about making a lantern with
second-hand materials
19. Good idea/Sounds great
【导语】本文是M、W两人的对话，对话内容为受表扬的寒假作业。
15.根据上文“Your face smiles like a flower.”和下文“My winter homework was given the best
homework.”可知，此处是问“你有啥好消息”或者“你怎么了”。故填What good news do you
have/What's up/What happened to you。
16.根据上文“My winter homework was given the best homework.”可知，此处应表示祝贺。故填
Congratulations(to you)。
17.根据下文“How did you come up with an idea of making a lantern?”可知，此处表示感叹“你太有创
造力了”或者“你太棒了”。故填How creative/excellent/great you are。
18.根据上文“Suddenly an idea hit on me”和下文“So I use the physical knowledge and second-hand
materials to make a lantern.”可知，此处表达想法“为什么不用二手材料制作灯笼呢”或者“用二手材料
制作灯笼怎么样”。故填Why not make a lantern with second-hand materials/What(How)about making
a lantern with second-hand materials。
19.根据上文“We can do something like this together in the future.”和下文“It's a good chance for me to
make progress.”可知，此处表示非常赞同对方提的建议，觉得是个好主意或者听起来不错。故填
Good idea/Sounds great。
Passage17
【答案】20.What's wrong with you 21.Is there anything I can do for you 22. Ill be glad to give
you advice 23. I will follow your advice 24. Thank you
【导语】本文是罗斯和莫妮卡的对话。主要谈论了罗斯对学校报告的内容感到沮丧，莫妮卡对此
给出了自己的建议。
20.根据“Hi,Monica! I’m feeling blue today.”和“T'm upset about my school report.”可知，此处是在问
罗斯怎么了。故填What's wrong with you。
21.根据“Maybe you can give me some advice on studying after school.”可知，此处是莫妮卡在问能否
为罗斯做些什么,可用there be句型的一般疑问句形式。故填Is there anything I can do for you。
22.根据“Don't put too much pressure on yourself. Health comes first.”可知，莫妮卡决定给罗斯一些
第127页，共163页
建议，本句为肯定陈述句，时态为一般将来时，be glad to do“很乐意做”,give sbadvice“给某人建
议”。故填I'll be glad to give you advice。
23.根据“Is there anything else I can do?”可知，罗斯接受了莫妮卡的建议，follow one's advice“听从
某人的建议”。故填I will follow your advice。
24.根据“You're welcome.”可知，此处是罗斯对莫妮卡表示感谢。故填Thank you。
Passage18
【答案】25. I can't find my textbook anywhere 26. Did you take the textbook out ofyour schoolbag
27. Where did you go after that 28.So maybe you left it in your friend's house 29. I will call
her/'l make a phone call to her
【导语】本文是A、B两人的对话，对话内容回忆课本落在哪里。
25.根据上文“Dick, what's the matter with you?”和下文可知，此处是回答“我到处找不到我的课
本”。故填I can't find my textbook anywhere。
26.根据上文“I remember I put it in my schoolbag.”和下文“No,I only borrowed a book from the
library.”可知，此处是问“你把课本从书包里拿出来了吗”。故填Did you take the textbook out of your
schoolbag。
27.根据下文“I went to my good friend's house and we did our homework together.”可知，此处是问
“之后你又去了哪里”。故填Where didyou go after that。
28.根据上文“I went to my good friend's house and we did our homework together.”和下文“You're
right. I probably left it in my friend's house.”可知，此处是说“所以你可能把它落在你朋友家了”。故
填So maybe you left it in your friend's house。
29.根据上文“Well, you can call her to ask if she saw it.”可知，此处是回应“我将会打电话给她”。故
填I will callher/I'll make a phone call to her。
Passage19
【答案】30. But I haven't been there before 31.Are you interested in exciting rides 32. What
about others 33.I can't wait to have a try 34. Thank you for telling me so much
【导语】本文是A、B两人关于融创游乐园介绍的对话。
30.根据下文“Can you introduce some interesting rides for me?”可推断B没有去过融创乐园，才会请
求对方介绍有趣的游乐设施。故填But I haven't been there before。
31.根据后面“The Roller Coaster there is very exciting.”及下文可知，A后面介绍的是“exciting
rides”;结合B的回复“Umm.A little.”可知空格处需填入一般疑问句，问对方是否感兴趣。故填Are
you interested in exciting rides。
32.下文是继续介绍其他的“exciting rides”,故此处可以是询问其他的设施如何。故填What about
others。
33.由前句“That's amazing.”可推断B很喜欢这个设施，迫不及待想要试一试。故填I can't wait to
第128页，共163页
have a try。
34.上文A介绍了一些娱乐设施，并给予建议；出于礼貌，B应该表示感谢。故填Thank you for
telling me so much。
Passage20
【答案】
35.Can you give me some advice on keeping safe on the roads/Can you tell me how to keep safe on the
roads⋯ 36. What should they do/What should they do to keep safe.
36. There may be danger when taking the bus/We should be careful when taking the bus/..
37. What about talking about traffic safety at next class meeting/What about having a meeting about
traffic safety..
39.Let's go now/Let's go this afternoon/.
【导语】本段对话是两位学生谈论如何在路上保持交通安全，他们谈论了步行、骑自行车和乘坐
公交的注意事项。
35.根据问号和下句“Yes, of course. Students should always keep right on the roads.”可知，此句应该
是询问如何在路上保持安全，根据句中的“Yes”判断问句是一般疑问句。故填Can you give me some
advice on keeping safe on the roads/ Can you tellme how to keep safe on the roads..
36.根据问号和下句“They should obey the traffic rules and shouldn't ride too fast.”可知，此句应该是
询问如何保持安全的特殊疑问句。故填What should they do/ What should they do to keep safe.⋯
37.根据上句“Danger is everywhere if we are careless.”和下句“Yes,remember not to get on the bus
until it stops”可知，此句应该是提示乘公交也有危险或乘公交也要小心的句子。故填There may be
danger when taking the bus/We should be careful when taking the bus.⋯
38.根据问号和下句"That's a good idea.Let's have a talk about it with our class teacher."可知，此句应
该是提议和班主任谈论开班会谈论学生交通安全的问题。故填What about talking about traffic safety
at next class meeting/What about having a meeting about traffic safety.
39.根据上句“When shall we go to our class teacher?”可知，需要回答找班主任的时间。故填Let's
go now/Let's go this afternoon/..
Passage21
【答案】40. Where did you learn it 41.How often do you go there 42. Thanks 43.Would you
like to give me some advice 44.Let me know ifyou need help
【导语】本文是一段A和吉姆之间关于剪纸的对话。吉姆参加了学校的剪纸俱乐部，技能提高很
快；A对剪纸很感兴趣也想学习剪纸，吉姆给出了建议并承诺帮助A。
40.根据答语“Ilearned it in our school's Paper Cutting Club.”可知，此处是询问吉姆在哪里学习剪
纸。故填Where did you learn it。
41.根据答语“Once a week.”可知，此处是询问吉姆去那儿的频率。故填How often do you go
there。
第129页，共163页
42.根据上文“Your skills have improved a lot.”可知，此处应是吉姆表达感谢，来回应A对他的称
赞。故填 Thanks。
43.根据答语“Start simple and practice.Take classes if possible.”可知，此处是A询问吉姆是否愿意
给他一些建议。故填Would you like to give me some advice。
44.根据答语“Thanks for sharing,Jim.”可知，此处是指吉姆愿意提供帮助。故填Let me know if you
need help。
Passage22
【答案】45. Would you like to come to my birthday party 46.How about tomorrow 47.Where
will you have your party 48.Do I need to bring food and drinks 49.See you
【导语】本文是一段蒂娜、辛迪和珀西三人之间的对话。对话中，蒂娜邀请辛迪来参加生日派
对，但辛迪不能来参加；但珀西有空，能参加辛迪的生日派对。
45.根据答语“Sure,I'd love to.But I'm not available.”可知，此处是辛迪邀请蒂娜参加生日派对。故
填Would you like to come to my birthday party。
46.根据下文答语“Sorry, tomorrow I have to play soccer and I have a piano lesson.”可知，此处是辛迪
询问蒂娜明天是否可以来参加派对。故填How about tomorrow。
47.根据答语“At my home.”可知，此处是珀西询问派对在哪里举行。故填Where will you have your
party。
48.根据答语“No,I'l buy all the food and drinks.”可知，此处是询问是否要带一些食物和饮料。故
填Do I need to bring food and drinks。
49.根据上文“OK. See you then.”可知，此处是表达再见。故填Seeyou。
Passage23
【答案】1.how can Ihelp you 2.How long does it last 3.How many
4.Yes,(of course) 5. Sounds good
【导语】本文是史密斯夫人向David询问有关夏令营活动的一则对话。
1.根据“Yes”及“T'd like to get some information about your summer camp”可知，询问有什么能帮助
到对方的，故填how can I helpyou。
2.根据“It lasts three weeks”可知，询问可以持续多久，故填How long does it last。
3.根据“Eight”可知，对数量提问用how many,故填How many。
4.根据“And do you plan different activities”及“Students can take part in different activities to get close
to nature and try out new ideas”可知，此处应是肯定回答，故填Yes,(of course)。
5.根据“Summer camping is good to help children grow up.I'll think about it.”可知，认为对方的夏令
营非常不错，所以会考虑它，故填Sounds good。
Passage24
第130页，共163页
【答案】6.I am going to visit Longhui 7.How far is it from Shaoyang 8.How will you get there
9. Why do you like it 10. Thank you
【导语】本文是二人谈论暑假去哪里，怎么去以及为什么去等内容。
6.根据“What are you going to do during this summer vacation?”和“Sounds great.Longhui is agood
place to visit in summer.”可知，B打算去隆回度假，故填Iam going to visit Longhui。
7.根据“It's about 60 kilometers away from Shaoyang.”可知，询问隆回离邵阳有多远，故填How far
is it from Shaoyang。
8.根据“By car.My father will drive our family there.”可知，询问要怎么去隆回，故填How will you
get there。
9.根据“T like it because it is full of positive energy and makes me feel relaxed and happy.”可知，此处
询问为什么喜欢前文提到的歌曲，故填Why do you like it。
10.根据“Wish you a good summer vacation.”可知，对于对方的祝愿应表示感谢，故填Thank you。
Passage25
【答案】11.What did you do 12.Do you want to be an astronaut(when you grow up) 13. How
are you going to do that/What are you going to do 14. where do you usually exercise 15. OK/Good
idea/Sounds good/Sure/Of course⋯
【导语】本文两人主要谈论了Helen的梦想以及两人相约去打篮球。
11.根据“I watched CCTV-1.”可知此处询问对方做了什么。故填What did you do。
12.根据“Yes, I do. I want to be an astronaut like Wang Yaping when I grow up”可知句子是一般疑问
句，询问对方长大后是不是想成为宇航员。故填Do you want to be an astronaut(when you grow
up)。
13.根据“I'm going to study science really hard and exercise every day.”可知此处询问对方要如何做。
故填How are you going to do that/What are you going to do。
14.根据“I usually exercise on the playground”可知此处询问在哪里锻炼。故填where do you usually
exercise。
15.根据“See you tonight.”可知此处是同意对方的提议。故填OK/Good idea/Sounds good/Sure/Of
course..
Passage26
【答案】16.Yes, it is 17. When did you arrive/get here 18.What do you think of it/How do you
like it 19. How long 20.Have a good time in Beijing
【导语】本文是一则对话，主要围绕来北京旅行展开的。
16.根据“Is this your first time to visit Beijing?”以及“Ihaven't got a chance before”可知此处应作肯定
回答，故填Yes, it is。
17.根据“I arrived here two days ago.”可知是问对方什么时候到达北京的，故填When did you
第131页，共163页
arrive/get here。
18.根据“T've been to the Great Wall.”和“Tt's so great!”可知问对方觉得长城怎么样，故填What do
you think of it/How do you like it。
19.根据“For about five days.”可知是问对方打算在这里待多久。故填How long。
20.根据上文介绍可知，此处应祝对方在北京玩得开心。故填Have a good time in Beijing。
Passage27
【答案】21.What/How about you 22.Have youever been there before
23.Where is it 24.Sure,I'd love to 25.(It)Sounds good/greatinteresting
【导语】本文是A和B的对话，A计划要去平遥古城旅游，并邀请B一起去。
21.根据“What are you going to do this summer vacation?”和“Nothing much.”可知此处是B不知道去
哪里旅行，想知道A打算去那里旅行。故填What/How about you。
22.根据“Yes, I have been there before.”可知此处应是B询问A之前有没有去过那里，应用“Have
you ever been there before?”来提问。故填Have youever been there before。
23.根据“It's in Shanxi Province(省).”可知此处是询问平遥古城在哪里，用“Where is it?”来提
问。故填Where is it。
24.根据“After hearing your words,I'm interested in it.”可知此处说明B同意A的邀请，可用“Sure,
I'd love to.”来表示。故填Sure,I'd love to。
25.根据“What about making a trip plan first?”可知此处表示B对于A的提议，表示赞同并做出评
价，可以说“听起来很不错/有趣”。故填(It) Sounds good/great/interesting。
Passage28
【答案】26.Would you like to go with me/Do you want to go with me 27. Why do you like
them/pandas(so much) 28. Can you tell me more about pandas/them/Could you tell me something about
pandas/them 29. What do they/pandas eat 30.Good/Great/Good news/Sounds good
【导语】本文是A和B的对话，A邀请B一起去动物园看熊猫，并向其介绍了关于熊猫的一些知
识。
26.根据上一句“T'm going to have a look.”可知，A想去看看。根据下一句“Sure,I'd love to.”可知，
B表示想去，此处应是A邀请B一起去，可以用“Would you like to go with me?”或“Do you want to
go with me?”来提出邀请。故填Would you like to go with me/Do you want to go with me。
27.根据下文“Because they are very cute. And they are a symbol of China.”可知，因为熊猫很可爱，
它们是中国的象征。此处应是询问喜欢熊猫的原因，可以用“Why do you like them?”、“Why do you
like pandas?”、“Why do you like them so much?”或“Why do you like pandas so much?”来提问原因。故
填Why do you like them/pandas(so much)。
28.根据下文“OK. Pandas mainly live in Southwest China. They can live to be 20 to 30 years old.”可
第132页，共163页
知，熊猫主要生活在中国西南地区。他们可以活到20到30岁。此处是在介绍熊猫，说明B问A
能不能告诉他关于熊猫的一些知识。可以用“Can you tell me more about pandas?”、“Can you tell me
more about them?”、“Could you tell me something about pandas?”或“Could you tell me something about
them?”。故填Can you tell me more about pandas/them/Could you tell me something about
pandas/them。
29.根据下一句“They eat bamboo and fruit.”可知，熊猫吃竹子和水果，说明此处应是询问熊猫吃什
么。可以用“What do they eat?”或“What do pandas eat?”来询问。故填What do they/pandas eat。
30.根据上一句“Thanks to the government and workers'efforts,pandas are no longer endangered now.”
可知，由于政府和工作人员的努力，大熊猫现在不再处于濒危状态。此处应作出肯定的评价，可
以用“Good”、“Great”、“Good news”或“Sounds good”来表示。故填Good/Great/Good news/Sounds
good。
Passage29
【答案】31.May I speak to Mike,(please)/Is that Mike(speaking) 32. Sorry/Sorry,I can’t/I'm afraid
notT'm afraid I can't 33.What's wrong(with you)/What's the matter(with you) 34.Have you seen
the doctor 35. I hope you can feel better(soon)/I hope you will feel better(soon)/I hope you can get
better(soon)I hope you will get better(soon)/I hope you can be better(soon)/I hope you will be better
(soon)
【导语】本文是Tom邀请Mike去看电影，但是Mike生病了，Tom询问了他的病情，并希望他早
点好。
31.根据“Yes,this is Mike speaking”可知此处是打电话，询问“可以和Mike说话吗”。故填May I
speak to Mike,(please)Is that Mike(speaking)。
32.根据“I'm not feeling well.”可知此处表示抱歉，不能和他一起去。故填Sorry/Sorry,I can't/I'm
afraid not/I’m afraid I can't。
33.根据"Ihave a headache.”可知此处询问对方怎么了。故填What's wrong(with you)/What’s the
matter(with you)。
34.根据“Yes,I have seen the doctor”可知此处询问对方有没有去看医生。故填Have you seen the
doctor。
35.根据“Thank you.”可知此处是希望对方早点好起来。故填I hope you can feel better(soon/I hope
you will feel better(soon)/I hope you can get better(soon)/I hope you will get better(soon)/I hope you can
be better(soon)/I hope you will be better(soon)。
Passage30
【答案】36. Who played the violin 37.How often do you play it 38. What else do you often do in
your free time 39. Why not try to manage your time properly 40. Sounds good
【导语】本文是二人谈论关于休闲时做什么。
36.根据“Iheard someone play the violin last night. What wonderful music!”和“Tdid.I often play the
第133页，共163页
violin when I am free.”可知，应该问是谁昨晚在拉小提琴，故填Who played the violin。
37.根据“Twice a week.”可知，此处询问多久拉一次小提琴，故填How ofen do you play it。
38.根据“Quite a few things.Like taking a walk, doing sports and so on.What do you do in your spare
time?”可知，此处询问在空闲时间还经常做什么,故填What else do you often do in your fre time。
39.根据“I don't have time to do other things to relax myself.”和“For example,you can listen carefully in
class and try to solve your problems at school. Then you will have more free time.”可知，对方说没有时
间做其他事情来放松自己，所以此处建议对方合理地管理时间，故填Why not try to manage your
time properly。
40.根据“T'l have a try.”可知，决定尝试对方的建议，此处的评价是肯定的，故填Sounds good。
Passage31
【答案】41. This is Joe/This is Joe speaking/Joe speaking/It's Joe/It's Joe speaking 42.Can/Could
you give me some advice/suggestions/Do you have any ideas/advice/suggestions 43. Are you free
tomorrow/Do you have time tomorrow 44. When and where shall/will we meet 45. See you
【导语】本文是Sam和Joe的对话。Joe致电Sam,向他寻求毕业送礼的建议。
41.根据上一句“Hello,who's that?”可知，Sam在电话中询问对方是谁，因此Joe应作自我介绍。
故填This is Joe/This is Joe speaking/Joe speaking/It's Joe/t's Joe speaking。
42.根据下一句“How about giving each of them a handwritten thank-you card?”可知，Sam提议给每个
人手写一张感谢卡，此处应是向Sam寻求建议，可问“你能给我一些建议吗?”或“你有什么建议/想
法吗?”。故填Can/Could you give me some advice/suggestions/Do you have any
ideas/advice/suggestions。
43.根据下一句“Yes, I am free tomorrow.”可知，Sam说他明天有空，说明Joe应是问他明天有没有
空，或明天有没有时间。故填Are you free tomorrow/Do you have time tomorrow。
44.根据下一句“How about 10 a.m.at our school gate?”可知，Sam提议10点在校门口见面，此处应
是询问见面的时间和地点。故填When and where shall/will we meet。
45.根据上一句“See you then.”可知此处在道别，因此也应回应“See you”。故填See you。
Passage32
【答案】46.Do you have any suggestions/advice/ideas/opinions/plans/Do you have any plans for the
weekend/How/What about you/What's your plan/idea/opinion/suggestion/advice.⋯.
47.Do you want to go (there) with me/Would you like to go(there) with me/How/What about going
there together/Shall we go (there) together/Why not go there with me...
48.Last Saturday/Three days ago/Yesterday/I went there last Saturday/yesterday..
49. What did you do (there)...
50. We(also) watched a robot showWe(also) talked to a smart robot/We(also) took some photos/We
(also) bought some souvenir...
【导语】本文两人主要谈论了Leilei去科技中心的事情。
第134页，共163页
46.根据“Have you got any plans for the weekend”以及“Not yet”可知此处询问对方有没有什么计划/
建议等，也可问“你呢”。故填Do you have any suggestions/advice/ideas/opinions/plans/Do you have
any plans for the weekend/How/What about you/What's your plan/idea/opinion/suggestion/advic...
47.根据“Iam sorry, but I have been there already”可知此处询问对方想不想和自己一起去，故填Do
you want to go (there)with me/Would you like to go (there)with me/How/What about going there
together/Shall we go(there)together/Why not go there with me..
48.根据“When did you go there”可知此处回答一个过去的时间，合理即可。故填Last
Saturday/Three days ago/Yesterday/l went there last Saturday/yesterday..
49.根据“We watched a video about how Shenzhou-16 was sent into space successfully.”可知此处询问
对方在那里做了什么。故填What did you do (there)...
50.根据“What else did you do”可知此处回答自己在那里做的事情，符合语境即可。故填We(also)
watched a robot show/We(also) talked to a smart robot/We(also)took some photos/We(also) bought
some souvenirs...
第135页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY49-63(每日完成2-3组对话补全，限时5分钟/组)
Passage1
请根据下面的聊天内容，在空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整，并将答案写
在答题卡相应的位置上。(Two friends are talking about how to improve English writing with
Deepseek.)
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Li Lin and Mary are talking about a lantern show.)
Li Lin:Hi,Mary! I hear there's a great lantern show in Zhengding Ancient City. I want to watch it._6
Mary: Sure, I'd love to go with you._7
Hi, Lisa! 'm having trouble with English writing.
My biggest problem is that I don't know how to organize ideas.
2 It's great for writing practice.
Deepseek?_3
It can check grammar, suggest expressions and even help organize your writing.
4Have you ever used it?
Sure.I often post my writing on Deepseek and it always gives me clear suggestions.
Isee.I'l try it soon.
I hope it can help you with your English writing.
5
Passage2
第136页，共163页
Li Lin:It's from January 22nd to March 1st this year.The lantern show is from 6p.m.to 10 p.m.every day.
Mary: Fantastic!_8
Li Lin:We can take a bus. It's quite convenient. There are direct buses from the city center.
Mary: Great. What can we see there?
Li Lin:There are lots of amazing lanterns. Some are shaped like animals or flowers, and others show
famous historical stories.
Mary:Wow,that's so interesting. I can't wait to go. How much is the ticket?
Li Lin:_9___We don't need to pay for it.
Mary: Great. Let's go this weekend.
Li Lin:OK!10
Mary:I am sure we will.
Passage3
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hey, Lisa! Your new dress is so wonderful!__11___?
B: Thank you, Mike! I bought it in Huayu's clothes store last week.
A: The dress suits you very much!__12___?
B: I used to be 60kg last year, but now my weight is 50kg.
A:It's really cool!I also want to lose some weight.__13___?
B:Of course. First, do not eat too much.You should have healthy eating habits.
A:OK, I will. Anything else?
B:____14___ Enough sleep can help us improve metabolism(新陈代谢).
A:Do you often eat fruit and vegetables?
B:Yes. They are good for us.__15__.
A:Iagree with you.I will exercise more in my free time.
B:Wish you good luck!
Passage4
请根据下面的对话内容，在空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。并将答案写
在答题卡相应的位置上。
10:56
第137页，共163页
Wow,Zuroquan Xiao Hua Drama. What are you doing there?
rm doing a schoo rojet.
Interesting!16
It is about hometown culture.As people are from Jinzhong, we
should get to know our hometown.
I'm also planning to take a trip to Zuoquan. 17
How about watching Zuoquan Xiao Hua Drama first?
18_What else can ldo there?
Zuoquan is also famous for its heroes, natural beauty and local food.
19
Nice! I can hardly wait. Thank you.
20 Have a good trip.
⑨
+
I
Passage5
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Two students met at the school gate, they are talking about their weekends.)
A:Hi, Wang Lin!
B: Hi, Li Hua. I went to Tai Mountain on Saturday. 21
A:Iwent to Beijing last weekend.
B:22
A:I took the high-speed train there, it is very convenient.
B: Sounds great. 23
A:Yes, I really had a great time there.
B:24
A:Yes, I have finished my homework.
B: So havel. I think study always comes first.
A:You're right. It's time for class. Let's go to the classroom.
B:25
第138页，共163页
Passage6
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hey, LiHua! We have weekends off every week. Where did you go last weekend?
B: I went to Baofeng to see Yu Opera shows.
A: I have heard Baofeng is the hometown of Yu Opera.__26_?
B: I went with my parents and my brother.
A:27?
B: We watched a Yu Opera show called The Legend of the White Snake.
A:What else did you do?
B: 28.
A: Cool! I'll ask my parents to take me there this Saturday. Would you like to join us?
B:29.
A:What a pity! Maybe we can go together next time.
B: Sure, let's plan it later. See you.
A:30.
Passage7
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:Hi, Michaell What would you like to do on the Dragon Boat Festival?
B: Nothing special.31?
A: I plan to go to the Red Flag Canal(红旗渠).Would you like to go with me?
B: The red Flag Canal? 32_?
A: It lies in Linzhou, Anyang.It is a great place, and I have been there twice.
B:33_?
A:Of course. It is famous for the spirit of the "The Red Flag Canal".The spirit inspires us to study hard for
our motherland and the people. And every year,a great number of students come to visit it.
B:I can't wait to go.Could you tell me what we can do there?
A:34. I believe you'llhave fun.
B: I'm sure we will.
A: Shall we leave at 8:00 a.m.on Saturday?
B:OK!35.
A: See you then.
Passage8
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
Zhou Miao: Hi, Tom!__36
Tom:Iam reading an article about animals. Many animals lost their homes because people cut down too
many trees.
第139页，共163页
Zhou Miao:37__I think everyone should do something to protect the environment.
Tom: That's right.But we are students. What can we do?
Zhou Miao: A lot of things.__38
Tom: That's easy.We can also turn off the lights when we leave the room.
Zhou Miao:Yes.39
Tom:By planting more trees. Trees can stop the air pollution and make the air clean and fresh.
Zhou Miao:Oh, the Tree Planting Day is coming next Sunday. I want to plant some trees in the West Hill.
40
Tom: Sure. We can go there by bus together. It's convenient.
Zhou Miao:OK. That's a deal.
Passage9
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
A:Hi! Have you watched any great movies lately?
B:41. I watched"Ne Zha 2:The Devil(恶魔)Child Comes to the Sea" with my parents last
Saturday.
A: The name is so attractive.42?
B:It talks about the story of a little hero called Ne Zha.In this movie, Ne Zha meets new challenges. Some
bad people try to make trouble for him. They say that Ne Zha is a devil. But Ne Zha believes in himself and
never gives up. Finally,he saves his hometown.
B:Yes. Besides, the movie is in the world's top 10 movies now!
A: That's really amazing! 44?
B: It is so special because the story is from Chinese legends.And the pictures in this movie are eye-
catching.
A:Isee. I can't wait to watch it this weekend. I think we should be proud of our Chinese movies and
culture!
Passage10
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
W:Ihear you often go to the animal center on weekends, right?
M:Yes.I go there to help out as a volunteer.
W:46?
M:Yes, it's 6 kilometers.
A: Wow!43.
B:45.
第140页，共163页
W:Wow, that's far.How do you go there?
M:By bike.47.
W:That sounds great. 48 ?
M:Of course. Let's meet at the supermarket near my home next Sunday.
W:OK,49?
M:How about 9in the morning?
W:Perfect.50 ?
M:Just bring some water and a snack if you want.
Passage11
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
(LiYue and Wang Lei are chatting online during the summer vacation.)
Wang Lei:Hi, Li Yue!
Li Yue:Hi,Wang Lei!
Li Yue: I want to visit Hukou Waterfall. 51 ?
Wang Lei:Of course. I want to see the largest yellow waterfall in China, too.52 ?
Li Yue:How about this Saturday morning? We can take the early bus at 7:00 a in.
Wang Lei:53 .Should we bring some snacks and water?
Li Yue:Yes! Also, wear comfortable shoes. We'llwalk a lot near the waterfall.
Wang Lei:Got it.54 . I want to take some photos!
Li Yue:Me, too! There are so many great places in Shaanxi.I hope more people know them!
Wang Lei: I think we can do, something to tell Shaanxi stories. 55 ?
Li Yue: That's a fantastic idea! Making a video is really helpful.Let's get started!
Passage12
结合本题所设置的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的句子完成下列对话。
A:Hi, Sam. The weekend is coming. What do you like to do in your spare time?
B:56_. I play on the school basketball team every Saturday morning.
A:57 ?
B: For about a year now.Andlalso enjoy painting.
A:Really? Are you good at it?
B: Not too bad.58 ?
A:Well, once in a while, I go bike riding with my friends.
B:Wow! It sounds interesting.Do you thinkl could?
A:Certainly.59___.
B:OK. I'm available this Sunday.60 ?
A:How about 7:00 am? Morning is just right for riding.
B:OK. See you then.
第141页，共163页
A: See you.
Passage13
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Lele and Li Hua are talking in the English club.)
Li Hua:Hi, Lele.You look excited.61?
Lele:Yes.We will have an international summer camp.
Li Hua: Really? That's cool.
Lele:Guess what? We will work for the camp.
Li Hua:Wow,wonderfull__62_?
Lele: We can introduce something special about our hometown.
Li Hua:That's easy. Songshan Mountain and the Yellow River are really worth visiting.
Lele:I have different ideas.63.
Li Hua:Don't forget Kaifeng is also a famous city with its Qingming Festival tradition.
Lele:64 .Kaifeng is a city rich in history and culture.
Li Hua:I hope we can tell the foreign friends more about our hometown.
Lele:65.
Li Hua:Oh! It's time for class. Let's go.
Lele:OK.
Passage14
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Judy comes in while Sam is reading a book.)
Judy:Hi, Sam!What are you doing?
Sam:'m reading a book about ChatGPT. 66
Judy:No, I haven't.67
Sam: It is a smart Al chat robot.
Judy: Sounds interesting.68
Sam:It can do a lot of things, like answering questions, writing emails and chatting with you.
Judy: Can luse it for my homework?
Sam:69 But you'd better use it as a learning tool, not to cheat on your homework.
Judy: What do you mean?
Sam:Imean, if we use it to cheat on homework, our brains won't be used any more.
Judy: 70 And then we will lose the ability to think and learn in the future.
Passage15
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
A:Tomorrow is Sunday. 71 ?
第142页，共163页
B: To visit my uncle's farm. How about you?
A:To do some cleaning in the morning and practice playing the piano in the afternoon.
B:72 ?
A:Yes. I like it very much.
B:73 _! But I can't play musical instruments.
A: What kind of music do you like?
B: I like pop music.What about you?
A:Ialso like it. But it's not my favorite. 74 . I'm Tom's fan. I like singing all of his songs.
B: I know little about folk music butlenjoy listening to Alice's songs.
A:75.
B: Yes, I do. My favorite English song is Yesterday Once More.
A: It's a sweet song.But I prefer Take Me to Your Heart.
Passage16
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Amy and Tom are talking about their future during the break in the classroom.)
Amy:Good morning, Tom!
Tom:Good morning, Amy!
Amy:76
Tom: My dream is to be an inventor. It is great in my heart.
Amy:77
Tom: Becausel enjoy making new things by myself. What about you,Amy?
Amy: I have no idea.78
Tom:Of course.The key is to know yourself and choose the right path.
Amy:79__But I′m not sure what I'm good at.
Tom:80
Amy: I like drawing in my spare time. Drawing makes me happy.
Tom: Maybe you'll be an artist someday.To be an artist, you need a good teacher. What's more, you
should keep practicing.
Amy:That makes sense.I know what I need to do now.Thank you very much.
Passage17
根据对话内容，用适当的句子将对话补充完整。
(Paul is an Australian comes to Harbin for vacation,he is on the street)
Paul:Excuse me,81 ?
Passerby: Sorry, I'm also new here.You can ask the volunteer there.He may know the way.
Paul:82.
第143页，共163页
(Paul comes to the volunteer.)
Volunteer:83 , sir?
Paul:Yes.I don'tknow where the Ice and Snow World is. Could you please give me a hand?
Volunteer: Sure,it's a little far from here, and I think you'd better take the subway.
Paul:OK.But 84 ?
Volunteer:You can take No.2 Subway. The subway station is next to the Jinjiang Hotel.
Paul: I see. Thanks for your help.
Volunteer:85.
Passage18
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:Hello, Fuxing. Have you noticed more students are talking about the "double reduction" policy(双减政
策)? What do you think of it?
B:86.Our homework is clearly less than before. I can finish it at school, andIcan take up my
hobbies in my free time.
B: I take part in after-school activities, such as doing sports, reading interesting books and so on.
A:Oh,I'm reading Three-body Problems(三体)written by Liu Cixin. Have you already read it?
B:Yes. I read the book which describes a future life last week. I like it!
A:Yeah. 88 ?
B: It's amazing.And this book has won great awards.
A:Sure. I hope to experience the future life described in the book. What about you?
B:89. I think we can study online instead of going to school. It must be interesting.By the way, are
you free this Sunday? 90 ?
A: Sure,let's go to play basketball together.
B:OK.
Passage19
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Evan is talking about the weekend activity with his Mum.)
Evan: Mum, 've been thinking about the weekend. 91
Mum:Of course!Let's go to the zoo! 92
Evan: Saturday, if it's OK. 93
Mum: It usually opens at 9o'clock in the morning.We can have a picnic there.
Evan: Great! 94
Mum:Wear your comfortable shoes.
A:87 ?
第144页，共163页
Evan: Can luse your camera? I want to take some pictures of the pandas.
Mum:95
Evan: Thanks, Mum! I′m really looking forward to it.
Passage20
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Two students, Li Xiang and Kangkang, are talking about World Water Day.)
Li Xiang:Hi, Kangkang!Today is March 22nd.Do you know it's World Water Day?
Kangkang:_96_It's a day to callfor people to save water.
Li Xiang:Right. So we need to save water from now on.
Kangkang:_97
Li Xiang:Because there is not enough clean water for everyone on the earth.
Kangkang:Oh, I see.98
Li Xiang:We can make a poster for this day and we can write "Save Every Drop" on it.
Kangkang: 99_I think it is really helpful.
Li Xiang:Yes, and we can also write"Turn off the Tap" and"Reuse Water" on the poster.
Kangkang: Cool! Even little steps make a big difference.100
Li Xiang: Let's put it on the school wall.
Kangkang: Good idea!
Passage21
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Two students, Li Xiang and Kangkang, are talking about World Water Day.)
Li Xiang:Hi, Kangkang! Today is March 22nd.Do you know it's World Water Day?
Kangkang:101.It's a day to call for people to save water.
Li Xiang:Right. So we need to save water from now on.
Kangkang: 102 ?
Li Xiang:Because there is not enough clean water for everyone on the earth.
Kangkang: Oh, Isee. 103 ?
Li Xiang:We can make a poster for this day and we can write"Save Every Drop" on it.
Kangkang: 104 . I think it is really helpful.
Li Xiang:Yes, and we can also write "Turn off the Tap" and"Reuse Water" on the poster.
Kangkang: Cool! Even little steps make a big difference. 105 ?
Li Xiang: Let's put it on the school wall.
Kangkang:Good idea!
Passage22
第145页，共163页
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello, Cindy.Your skirt looks good on you.
B:106_I bought it on a vacation in Qingdao.
A:Qingdao? Lucky you! 107
B: I went there during the May Day holiday. I had a wonderful time there. It's a great place to have fun.
A:__108
B: Er-Let me see. I stayed there for four days.
A:109
B: It was always sunny and warm. The sunshine was bright.
A: What did you do there?
B:110
A: Sounds like fun. I like playing beach volleyball,too.Oh, it's time for lunch.See you.
B:See you.
Passage23
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Two students, Linda and Mike are talking on the phone.)
Linda: Hello, this is Linda.May I speak to Mike?
Mike:111
Linda:It's said the newest movie will be shown at Hongxing Theater this Sunday evening.112
Mike:Yes,'d love to.113
Linda:It is about an astronaut. The movie mainly shows us how the astronaut's dream came true.
Mike: 114 I can't wait to watch it.
Linda:Great. Let's make it 5:30 this Saturday. How can we get to the cinema?
Mike: My uncle bought me a bike as my 14th birthday gift last month. 115
Linda:That's agood idea!
Mike: See you then.
Linda:See you.
Passage24
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯完整。完成对话。
A:Good morning! Can Ihelp you?
B: Yes, please.116
A: What size do you wear?
B: Large.
A:117 It is a very popular sweater among students.
B: It looks nice.But I don't like the color.Do you have other colors?
A:118 We have black, white and blue.
第146页，共163页
小学
初中
B: Let me see.The white one looks good.Can Itry it on?
A: Sure. Here you are.
B: It fits me very well.119
A: It's 200 yuan.
B:It is a bit expensive. Can you make it a little cheaper?
A:I'm sorry.This is the lowest price.But the quality is very good.
B:OK.120 Here is the money.
A: Thank you.Here is your change. Hope you like our sweater. Have a good day!
B: Thanks.You too.
Passage25
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Li Ming and Zhang Hua are talking about how to help animals.)
A:Hi, Zhang Hua! Have you heard about the recent news on wildlife protection?
B:No, I haven't. 121_?
A:It's about the government's new plan to protect endangered animals in our country.
B:122 ?
A:They are planning to make more protected areas and stop people from hunting animals.
B: Great! 123.
A:I agree. We can start by not buying things made from animals.
B:Yes! What else can we do?
A:124.
B:You're right.The more people know, the more they can help.
A:Would you like to join some volunteer groups to protect animals together?
B:125 .Let's work together.
Passage26
根据下面的对话情景，在空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
(Two students, Bill and Ann are talking on the phone.)
Ann: Hey, Bill. How's your holiday going?
Bill It's wonderful. 'm at the beach in Sanya.
Ann: Amazing!126
Bill: It's hot and sunny. It's about 30℃.
Ann: Sounds great. 127
Bill:No, 'm not swimming. I'm lying on the beach and enjoying the sunshine. What about you?
Ann:I'm making breakfast at the moment.It's cloudy outside.
Bill:Breakfast?128
Ann:It's 7:00 in the morning in London.You know we are in ifferent time zone(时区).
第147页，共163页
Bill: I see.129
Ann: We usually have bread and milk for breakfast.
Bill: Chinese people also like milk, because it's healthy. What will you do after breakfast?
Ann: 130
Bill: It must be interesting to go to a museum.I hope you can have a good time.
Ann: I hope so, thank you!
Passage27
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
A: Hello, Wang Dong.You seem quite busy these days.131.
B: I'm preparing for an event.
A:132 ?
B: It's a book day
A:Is it to remind people to read?
B:Yes. We want to encourage more students to develop a reading habit.
A:133 .How can lhelp?
B: Actually, we need help at the book-sharing corner on the afternoon of May 23rd. Can you come to
help?
A: Of course.134 ?
B: Let's meet in the school hall.
A: In the school hall? OK.'l be on time.
B: Thanks a lot.
A:135.
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
A: Hi, Lucy! The Dragon Boat Festival is coming soon.136 ?
B:Yes,I've read something about the festival. During the festival, Chinese people usually eat zongzi.
A: That's right! 137 ?
B:Well,Chinese people celebrate it in order to remember a famous poet called Qu Yuan.
A: Exactly!
B: What else do Chinese people do during the festival?
A:138 .And I will watch the dragon boat races this year. Would you like to go with me?
B:139.
A:Great! We can go to watch the races together. How about meeting at 7:30 a.m.at my home next
Saturday?
B: No problem. See you then.
Passage28
A:140.
第148页，共163页
Passage29
根据下面对话中的情景，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
A: Hello, Jack. I haven't seen you for a long time.141
B: Fine. Thank you, Sarah.
A:142
B:'m making a toy car.
A: It looks amazing.143
B: It's made of waste boxes.
A: Wow!You are helping protect the environment.
B:Yes.Recycling is good for the environment.
A: What kind of things do you recycle?
B: I recycle all kinds of things, such as waste bottles and waste boxes.
A:144
B:By making new things. It's really interesting.
A: Sounds great! Could you tell me how to make a toy car? I'm also interested in it.
B:145__I will show you how to make it later.
根据下面对话中的情境，在每个空白处填入一个适当的语句，使对话恢复完整。
[Frank(A),an American student studying in Xi'an, is talking with his friend Dale(B)on the phone.]
A: Hello? This is Frank. May I speak to Dale, please?
B: Hi, this is Dale speaking.Oh, I miss you so much.146?
A:I have been in Xi' an, China.By the way, I went to Shanxi History Museum with my classmates
yesterday.
B: Really?147?
A: I saw so many ancient works of art and watched some videos there.And I have learned a lot about the
history of Shaanxi Province.
B: Sounds great! Can you tell me more?Are there any other interesting places in Xi'an?
A:148.There are many places of interest, such as Terra-Cotta Warriors and the City Wall of Xi'an.
B:149?
A:Well, have never imagined that the people here are so friendly. I have got a lot of help sinceI came
here.
B:150.I'm sure you willhave a wonderful time there.
Passage30
第149页，共163页
上海新中考英语之情景对话填空专项练习
DAY49-63答案解析(每日完成2-3组对话补全，限时5分钟/组)
Passage1
【答案】1.What's your (biggest) problem?2.Why don'tyou try Deepseek?/Why not try
Deepseek?/You can/should/You'd better try Deepseek. 3.What can it do?/How does it work?
4. That sounds useful/great/ good/.... 5. Thank you./ Thanks./Thank you for your advice./⋯
【导语】本文是Lisa建议对方用deepseek来帮助自己的英文写作。
1.根据上文“Hi, Lisa! 'm having trouble with English writing.”可知，此处应该询问对方(最大)的问
题是什么。故填What's your (biggest) problem?
2.根据下文"Deepseek?”可知，此处建议对方试试 deepseek。故填Why don't you try Deepseek?/
Why not try Deepseek?/You can/should/You'd better try Deepseek.
3.根据下文“It can check grammar, suggest expressions and even help organize your writing.”可知，此
处询问对方deepseek 如何运作的或能做什么。故填What can it do?/How does it work?
4.根据上文“It can check grammar, suggest expressions and even help organize your writing.”可知，此
处感叹 deepseek的功能强大。故填That sounds useful/ great/ good/..
5.根据上文"I hope it can help you with your English writing."可知，此处应该感谢对方。故填 Thank
you./ Thanks./Thank you for your advice./.⋯
Passage2
【答案】6. Would you like to go with me? 7. When is it? 8.How can we get there? 9.It's
free./For free. 10. We'l have a great time./ hope we'll have fun there.
【导语】本文是一段关于李林和玛丽讨论参观正定古城灯展的对话，主要涉及邀请同行、时间安
排、交通方式、展览内容和门票信息等。
6.根据上下文“Iwant to watch it”和“Sure,I'd love to go with you”可知，此处应是一个邀请同行的问
句。故填Would you like to go with me?
7.根据回答“It's from January 22nd to March 1st this year”可知，此处应询问灯展时间。故填When
is it?
8.根据回答“We can take a bus”可知，此处应询问交通方式。故填How can we get there?
9.根据后文“We don't need to pay for it”可知，此处应说明门票免费。故填It's free./For free.
10.根据玛丽回答“1am sure we wil”可知，此处应表达对活动愉快的预期。故填We'll have a great
time./I hope we'll have fun there.
Passage3
【答案】11. Where did you buy it 12.How heavy are you/What's your weight/How much do you
weigh now 13. Could you give me some suggestions/Can you help me 14.Have enough sleep/You
第150页，共163页
should also get enough sleep 15.By the way, exercise is also very important/You can also do some
exercise
【导语】本段对话两人围绕服装、体重、减肥建议等日常话题展开交流。
11.根据下文“Thank you, Mike! I bought it in Huayu's clothes store last week.”可知，空格句是在询问
这条裙子是在哪里买的。故填Where did you buy it。
12.根据下文"Iused to be 60kg last year, but now my weight is 50kg."可知，空格句是在询问对方现
在的体重。故填How heavy are you/What's your weight/How much do you weigh now。
13.根据下文“Of course. First, do not eat too much.You should have healthy eating habits.”可知，空格
句是在向对方询问能否给自己一些减肥的建议。故填Could you give me some suggestions/Can you
help me。
14.根据上文“OK, I will. Anything else?”以及下文“Enough sleep can help us improve metabolism(新
陈代谢)."可知，空格句是在说要保证充足的睡眠。故填Have enough sleep/You should also get
enough sleep。
15.根据下文“1agree with you. I willexercise more in my free time.”可知，空格句是在说应该多锻
炼。故填By the way, exercise is also very important/You can also do some exercise。
Passage4
【答案】16.What's your project about? 17. What can Ido to learn more about it before the trip?
18. That sounds great. 19.You can visit the revolutionary sites and enjoy the local snacks.
20. You're welcome.
【导语】本文讲述了一段关于左权小花戏和当地文化的对话。
16.根据“It is about hometown culture.”可知，此处应是对学校项目内容的询问。故填What's your
project about?
17.根据”'m also planning to take a trip..."和"How about watching.⋯“可知，此处应是询问旅行建议。
故填What can l do to learn more about it before the trip?
18.根据“"How about watching Zuoquan Xiao Hua Drama first?"可知，此处应是表达对建议的认可。
故填That sounds great.
19.根据“Zuoquan is also famous for its heroes, natural beauty and local food.”和“Nice! I can hardly
wait.”可知，此处应是进一步介绍当地特色。故填You can visit the revolutionary sites and enjoy the
local snacks.
20.根据”Thank you.”可知，此处应说不客气。故填You're welcome.
Passage5
第151页，共163页
【答案】21.What about you/How about you? 22.How did you go there? 23.Did you have a good
time there? 24.Have you finished your homework? 25. OK. Let's go.
【导语】本文主要围绕两名学生在学校门口交流周末的经历展开，包括去的地方、出行方式，还
谈及作业完成情况，最后因为要上课准备去教室。
21.根据“Iwent to Tai Mountain on Saturday.”以及“A:I went to Beijing last weekend.”可知，B向A
分享了自己周末的行程后，想了解A周末做了什么,故填What about you/How about you?
22.根据"I took the high-speed train there, it is very convenient."可知，A回答是乘坐高铁去的北京，
所以此处B应是询问A去北京的交通方式，故填How did yougo there?
23.根据"Yes, I really had agreat time there."可知，A回答自己在北京玩得很开心，所以B是询问A
在北京玩得怎么样，故填Did you have a good time there?
24.根据“Yes, I have finished my homework.”可知，A回应已经完成了作业，所以B是在询问A作业
完成情况，故填Have you finished your homework?
25.根据“You're right. It's time for class. Let's go to the classroom.”可知，A提出到上课时间了，要去
教室，B应是表示认同，故填OK. Let's go.
Passage6
【答案】26. Who didyou go there with/.. 27. What did you do there/What Yu Opera show did you
watch/.. 28.We (also) visited Zhaozhuang, the land of magic/We visited the museum and tried the
delicious food there/⋯ 29.Pd like to, but I have to domy homework... 30. See you⋯
【导语】本文主要讲述了两位朋友关于周末活动的对话。
26.根据“1 went with my parents and my brother”可知，此句询问的是和谁一起去。故填Who did
you go there with/⋯
27.根据“We watched a Yu Opera show called The Legend of the White Snake”可知，此句询问的是观
看了什么表演或者问对方做了什么。故填What did you do there/What Yu Opera show did you
watch/⋯。
28.根据"What else did you do?"可知，此句回答的是还做了什么活动。故填We (also) visited
Zhaozhuang, the land of magic/We visited the museum and tried the delicious food there/⋯。
29.根据“Would you like to join us?”和“What a pity! Maybe we can go together next time”可知，此句
是婉拒邀请。故填Pd like to, but Ihave to domy homework/⋯。
30.根据“See you”可知，此句是道别。故填See you/⋯。
Passage7
【答案】31.Do you have any ideas/Any plans/Any suggestions 32. Where is it 33. Could you tell
me something more about it/s it famous/is there anything special about it 34.We can take photos
35. See you (then)
【导语】本文是一段对话，对话主要讨论了Michael和A在端午节期间计划去红旗渠游玩的事情。
第152页，共163页
31.根据“Nothing special.”可知，Michael表示自己没有什么特别的计划，此处应询问对方的建议。
故填Do you have any ideas/Any plans/Any suggestions。
32.根据"it lies in Linzhou,Anyang."可知，此处询问红旗渠的位置。故填Where is it。
33.根据“Of course. It is famous for...”可知，此处询问红旗渠的细节/是否出名。故填Could you tell
me something more about it/Is it famous/ls there anything special about it。
34.根据”Could you tell me what we can do there?”可知，此处应回答在红旗渠可以进行的活动。故
填We can take photos。
35.根据“See you then.”可知，此处是告别用语。故填See you (then)。
Passage8
【答案】36.What′re you reading?37.Environment is a big problem for us. 38. We can start by
saving water and recycling. 39.How can we make the air better? 40.Would you like to go with me?
【导语】本文是一则对话，主要围绕怎样保护环境展开。
36.根据答语"I am reading an article about animals."可知，此句应该是问对方看什么书。故填
What're you reading?
37.根据"I think everyone should do something to protect the environment."可知，此句应该是说环境
是个大问题。故填 Environment is a big problem for us.
38.根据上句“A lot of things.”和答语“That's easy.”可知，此句是列举一些简单的保护环境的方法，
如节约用水和循环使用。故填We can start by saving water and recycling.
39.根据答语"By planting more trees. Trees can stop the air pollution and make the air clean and fresh."
可知，此句是问如何让空气变得更好。故填How can we make the air better?
40.根据上句“I want to plant some trees in the West Hill.”和答语“Sure”可知，此句是问对方是否愿意
一起去种树。故填Would you like to go with me?
Passage9
【答案】41.Yes, I have 42.What's it about 43. It is a very interesting movie 44.Why is the
movie so special 45. I agree
【导语】本文主要介绍了《哪吒之魔童降世》这部电影的主要内容以及精彩之处。
41.根据“Hi! Have you watched any great movies lately?”及"I watched Ne Zha 2:The Devil(恶魔)Child
Comes to the Sea'with my parents last Saturday.”可知，此处应该是肯定回答。故填Yes, I have。
42.根据“"It talks about the story of a little hero called Ne Zha."可知，此处应该问电影的内容。故填
What's it about。
43.根据“Yes.Besides, the movie is in the world's top 10 movies now!”可知，此处应该对这部电影表
示肯定。故填It is a very interesting movie。
44.根据“It is so special because the story is from Chinese legends.”可知，此处应该问电影特别的原
因。故填Why is the movie so special。
第153页，共163页
45.根据”I think we should be proud of our Chinese movies and culture!"可知，此处应该表示赞同。
故填Iagree。
Passage10
【答案】46.Is it far from your home/our school 47.Riding a bike is good formy health 48.Mayl
join you/go with you 49. what time should we meet/when should we start 50.Do we need to
bring anything/What should I bring
【导语】本文主要围绕男士周末去动物中心做志愿者展开，包括距离、出行方式，女士想一同前
往，两人商定见面时间和所需携带物品等内容。
46.根据“Yes, it's 6 kilometers.”可知，空处应询问到动物中心的距离。故填Is it far from your home/
our school。
47.根据“By bike.”以及语境可知，接下来应说明骑自行车去的好处，故填Riding a bike is good for
my health。
48.根据"Of course. Let's meet at the supermarket near my home next Sunday."可知，空处应询问是
否可以一起去。故填May I join you/go with you。
49.根据“How about 9 in the morning?”可知，空处应询问见面时间。故填what time should we meet
/when should we start。
50.根据“Just bring some water and a snack if you want.”可知，空处应询问需要带什么。故填Do we
need to bring anything/What should Ibring。
Passage11
【答案】51.Would you like to go with me 52.When shallwe go 53. OK/Sounds good/That
sounds great/. 54.I'll take my camera 55. How about/What about making a video(about it)/Why
not make a video(about it)
【导语】以下是一则对话，对话内容主要围绕着壶口瀑布旅行计划展开。
51.根据“Of course. I want to see the largest yellow waterfallin China, too.”可知，邀请对方一起去，
故填Would you like to go with me。
52.根据"How about this Saturday morning?"可知，询问何时去，故填When shall we go。
53.根据“We can take the early bus at 7:00 a in.”和“Should we bring some snacks and water?”可知，赞
同对方的提议，故填OK/Sounds good/That sounds great⋯
54.根据“1want to take some photos!”可知，此处打算携带照相机，故填I'll take my camera。
55.根据“Making a video is really helpful.”可知，提议通过做视频来宣传，故填How about/What
about making a video (about it)/Why not make a video(about it)。
Passage12
【答案】56. I like to play basketball./I like playing basketball 57.How long have you been playing
(basketball/ it)?/How long have you played(basketbal/it)58. How about you?/What about you?/
第154页，共163页
What do you like to do in your spare time 59. Let's go bike riding together this Sunday 60. When
shall we meet?/What time shall we meet?/When shall we go bike riding this Sunday?/What time shallwe
go bike riding this Sunday
【导语】本文是A与Sam关于周末业余活动的对话，涉及兴趣爱好的交流及周日骑行活动的约
定。
56.根据上文"What do you like to do in your spare time?”及后文“I play on the school basketball
team⋯.”可知，此处需回答喜欢打篮球。故填I like to play basketball./ like playing basketball。
57.根据下文"For about a year now."可知，此处询问打篮球的时长，用现在完成进行时或现在完成
时。故填How long have you been playing(basketbal/it)?/How long have you played(basketball/it)。
58.根据下文“A:Well, once in a while, Igo bike riding with my friends.”可知，此处Sam 反问A的业余
爱好。故填How about you?/What about you?/What do you like to do in your spare time。
59.根据上文“Do you think I could?”及下文“OK.I′m available this Sunday.”可知，A邀请Sam周日一
起骑行。故填Let's go bike riding together this Sunday。
60.根据下文“How about 7:00 am?”可知，此处询问见面或骑行的时间。故填When shall we meet?/
What time shall we meet?/When shall we go bike riding this Sunday?/What time shall we go bike riding
this Sunday。
Passage13
【答案】61. Is there any good news/Any good news/Do you have any good news/ls there anything
exciting/⋯ 62. What can we do (then)/What can we do for the camp.⋯ 63. I believe Longmen
Grottoes is a better choice/l think Shaolin Temple and Luoyang Peony are better choices/⋯ 64.You're
right/l agree with you/⋯ 65. I hope so as well/Me, too...
【导语】本文是一个对话，内容是乐乐和李华在英语俱乐部讨论即将参加的国际夏令营。他们计
划介绍家乡特色，提到了嵩山、黄河等景点，还谈到开封的清明传统，希望向外国朋友展示家乡
的历史文化魅力。
61.根据上文"Hi, Lele.You look excited.”及下文 Lele回答"We will have an international summer
camp.“可知，此处应该是询问是不是有什么好消息，故填 Is there any good news/Any good news/Do
you have any good news/ls there anything exciting/⋯
62.根据答句"We can introduce something special about our hometown."可知，此处应该是李华询问
具体职责是什么。故填What can we do (then)/What can we do for the camp.⋯
63.根据上文”I have different ideas."可知，前文 Li Hua 介绍嵩山和黄河，Lele有不同的想法。此处
应该是Lele介绍她认为的更好的选择是哪里。故填I believe Longmen Grottoes is a better choice/l
think Shaolin Temple and Luoyang Peony are better choices.⋯
64.根据前文“Don't forget Kaifeng is also a famous city with its Qingming Festival tradition.”及后文
"Kaifeng is a city rich in history and culture."可知，此处应该是Lele 认可Li Hua的观点，接着后文进
第155页，共163页
一步补充开封的历史文化价值。故填You′re right/lagree with you/.⋯
65.根据上文"Ihope we can tell the foreign friends more about our hometown."可知，此处 Lele应该
用简短回应表示同样的愿望。故填I hope so as well/Me, too/.⋯
Passage14
【答案】66.Have you heard of it before? 67.What is it?68.What can it do?69.Yes./Yes,you
can./Yes, of course. 70. I agree with you./That's right./You are right.
【导语】本文是Judy和Sam之间的对话，他们正在谈论ChatGPT。
66.根据上文“I'm reading a book about ChatGPT.”和下文"No,I haven't”可知，空处应询问对方之前
是否听说过它。故填Have you heard of it before?
67.根据下文"It is a smart Al chat robot."可知，空处应询问它是什么。故填What is it?
68.根据下文"It can do a lot of things, like answering questions, writing emails and chatting with you."
可知，空处应询问它能做什么。故填What can it do?
69.根据上文“Can luse it for my homework?”和下文"But you'd better use it as a learning tool, not to
cheat on your homework."可知，空处应作肯定回答，表示虽然可以用它做作业，但是最好把它当成
学习工具，而不是用来做作业作弊。故填Yes./Yes, you can./Yes, of course.
70.根据上文"1 mean, if we use it to cheat on homework, our brains won't be used any more."和下文
"And then we will lose the ability to think and learn in the future."可知，空处应表示同意对方的观点。
故填Iagree with you./That's right./You are right.
Passage15
【答案】71. What are you going to do 72.Do you often play the piano in your free time 73. That's
great 74,I like folk music best 75.Do you like English songs
【导语】本文是一则对话，主要介绍了A和B明天的计划以及对音乐的不同喜好。
71.根据“Tomorrow is Sunday.”和“To visit my uncle's farm.”可知，A在询问B明天计划做什么。故
填What are you going to do。
72.根据"practice playing the piano in the afternoon."和“Yes. like it very much.”可知，B在询问A是
否经常弹钢琴。故填Do you often play the piano in your free time。
73.根据“practice playing the piano in the afternoon”和“Yes. like it very much.”可知，B计划练习弹
钢琴，而A告诉B自己非常喜欢弹钢琴，所以B认为这样很好。故填That's great。
74.根据“But it's not my favorite.“和“I know little about folk music, but lenjoy listening to Alice's
songs."以及下文“Iknow little about folk music”可知，A最喜欢民间音乐。故填Ilike folk music best。
75.根据"Yes, I do.My favorite English song is Yesterday Once More."可知，A在询问B是否喜欢英文
歌。故填Do you like English songs。
第156页，共163页
Passage16
【答案】76.What is your dream? 77. Why do you want to be an inventor?/Why? 78.Could/Can
you give me some advice? 79.You're right./That's true./I agree. 80. What do you like doing in your
spare time?
【导语】本文是Amy和Tom 谈论各自的未来计划的一则对话。
76.根据“My dream is to be an inventor.”可知，此处是问对方的梦想是什么。故填What is your
dream?
77.根据“Because lenjoy making new things by myself.”可知，此处是问对方为什么想成为发明家。
故填Why do you want to be an inventor?/Why?
78.根据"I have no idea."及“Of course.The key is to know yourself and choose the right path.”可知，
Amy不知道自己的梦想是什么,因此向对方寻求建议。故填Could/Can you give me some advice?
79.根据"The key is to know yourself and choose the right path."及But 表转折可知，空处是赞同对方
的观点。故填You′re right./That's true./l agree.
80.根据“"I like drawing in my spare time."可知，此处是问对方空闲时间喜欢做什么。故填What do
you like doing in your spare time?
Passage17
【答案】81.
where is the lce and Snow World 82. Thank you all the same 83. Can l help you 84. which subway
should I take 85. You are welcome
【导语】本文是一段关于问路的对话。内容是Paul作为游客向路人询问冰雪大世界的路线。
81.根据后文 Paul 对志愿者说“I don't know where the lce and Snow World is”可推知，此处Paul问
路人冰雪大世界在哪里。故填where is the Ice and Snow World。
82.根据前文“'m also new here.You can ask the volunteer there.He may know the way.”可知，路人
虽然也不熟悉时，Paul还是应该表示感谢。故填Thank you all the same。
83.根据志愿者身份和下文“Yes”可知，此处是志愿者主动提供帮助，问Paul有什么能帮助他的。
故填Can I help you。
84.根据下文的回答“You can take No.2 Subway.”可知，此处 Paul 询问乘坐哪条地铁线，故填
which subway should I take。
85.根据上文"Thanks for your help."可知，此处应表示不用谢。故填You are welcome。
Passage18
【答案】86. I think it's great/It's great/Great 87.What do you usually do in your free time (after
school) 88.What do you think of the book/How do you like it/What's your opinion about it 89.1
第157页，共163页
agree with you/l think so/l hope so/Me, too 90. Would you like to play basketball with me/What
(How) about going to play basketball/What(How) about playing basketball/Shall we play
basketball/Could you (please)play basketball with me
【导语】本文主要是付星和A讨论“双减”政策后的变化。
86.根据"What do you think of it?和“Our homework is clearly less than before."可知，此处付星认为
“双减”政策很好。故填I think it's great/It's great/Great。
87.根据"I can finish it at school, and I can take up my hobbies in my free time."和“I take part in after-
school activities, such as doing sports, reading interesting books and so on."可知，此处A可能会询问付
星空闲时间或放学后做什么。故填What do you usually do in your free time (after school)。
88.根据“I read the book which describes a future life last week. I like it!”和“It's amazing.”可知，此处A
可能会询问付星《三体》这本书怎么样。故填What do you think of the book/How do you like
it/What's your opinion about it。
89.根据“I hope to experience the future life described in the book.”和“I think we can study online
instead of going to school. It must be interesting.”可知，此处付星应该对A的观点表示赞同。故填1
agree with you/I think so/l hope so/Me,too。
90.根据“Sure, let's go to play basketball together.”可知，此处付星可能会邀请A去打篮球。故填
Would you like to play basketball with me/What(How) about going to play basketball/What(How) about
playing basketball/Shall we play basketball/Could you(please) play basketball with me。
Passage19
【答案】91. Can we go to the zoo?/Shall we visit the zoo?/Let's go to the zoo.⋯ 92. When do you
want to go?/What day shallwe go?/⋯ 93.What time does/is the zoo open?/When does/is the zoo
open?/⋯ 94. What should I wear?/What dol need to wear?/.. 95. Yes, you can./ Sure!Go
ahead./Sure!.
【导语】本文是一则对话，对话中埃文和妈妈谈论了周末去动物园的事。
91.根据下一句“Of course! Le's go to the zoo!”可知，此处询问对方是否愿意一起去动物园。故填
Can we go to the zoo?/Shall we visit the zoo?/Let's go to the zoo.⋯
92.根据下一句“Saturday, if it's OK.”可知，此处应是询问想哪天去。故填When do you want to go?/
What day shall we go?/⋯
93.根据下一句"It usually opens at9o'clock in the morning."可知，此处询问动物园开放时间。故填
What time does/is the zoo open?/When does/is the zoo open?/⋯
94.根据下一句“Wear your comfortable shoes.”可知，此处询问需要准备什么。故填What shouldl
wear?/What dol need to wear?/⋯
95.根据上一句“Canluse your camera?I want to take some pictures of the pandas.”可知，此处是答
应对方的请求。故填Yes,you can./ Sure! Go ahead./Sure!/⋯
Passage20
第158页，共163页
【答案】96.Yes, I do. 97. Why do we need to save water? 98. What can we do to help?
99. That's a good idea.100. Where should we put the poster?
【导语】本文是李响和康康两个人之间的对话。两个人围绕世界水日进行讨论。
96.根据“Hi, Kangkang! Today is March 22nd.Do you know it's World Water Day?”以及"It's a day to call
for people to save water.”可知，此处作肯定回答。故填Yes, I do.
97.根据“So we need to save water from now on.”和“Because there is not enough clean water...”可
知，此处追问需要节约水的原因。故填Why do we need to save water?
98.根据“Oh, I see."和"We can make a poster...”可知，此处询问具体行动建议。故填What can we
do to help?
99.根据“We can make a poster... Save Every Drop′...和“I think it is really helpful.”可知，此处表达对
建议的认同。故填That's agood idea.
100.根据“Let's put it on the school wall.”可知，此处询问海报的放置位置。故填Where should we
put the poster?
Passage21
【答案】101.Yes, I do 102. Why do we need to save water 103.What can we do for this day
104.Good idea 105. Where shall we put the poster
【导语】本文是一则对话，二人讨论了节约用水的必要性，并交流制作节水海报的想法。
101.根据“It's a day to call for people to save water.”可知，下文康康介绍了世界水日相关信息，故
此处应作肯定回答，故填Yes, I do。
102.根据“Because there is not enough clean water for everyone on the earth.”可知，下文提到节约用
水的原因，故此处是询问为什么要节约用水，故填Why do we need to save water。
103.根据“We can make a poster for this day and we can write 'Save Every Drop'on it.”可知，下文提
到可以为这个日子制作海报，故此处是询问能为这个日子做什么,故填What can we do for this
day。
104.根据“I think itis really helpful.”以及上文提出制作海报的想法可知，这里是对制作海报想法表
示赞同，故填Good idea。
105.根据“Let's put it on the school wall.”可知，下文提到将海报放在墙上，故此处是询问把海报放
在哪里，故填Where shall we put the poster。
Passage22
【答案】106. Thank you. 107. When did you go to Qingdao? 108. How long did you stay there?
109. What was the weather like there?110. I played beach volleyball.
【导语】本文是A和Cindy 之间的对话，Cindy介绍了自己的五一假期青岛行。
106.根据“Your skirt looks good on you.”可知，对于对方的称赞，应该表示感谢。Thank you.“谢
谢。”符合情景。故填Thank you.
第159页，共163页
107.根据“Iwent there during the May Day holiday.”可知，此处询问什么时候去的青岛。用when提
问。When did you go to Qingdao?“你什么时候去青岛?”符合情景。故填When did you go to
Qingdao?
108.根据“Er-Let me see. For four days.”可知，此处询问在青岛待了多长时间，用how long提问。
How long did you stay there?“你在那里待了多长时间?”符合情景。故填How long did you stay there?
109.根据“It was always sunny and warm.”可知，此处询问青岛的天气如何。"What was the weather
like there?“那里天气怎么样?”符合语境。故填What was the weather like there?
110.根据“What did you do there?”及"I like playing beach volleyball,too."可知，Cindy在青岛打沙滩
排球。I played beach volleyball.“我打沙滩排球。”符合情景。故填Iplayed beach volleyball.
Passage23
【答案】111. This is Mike speaking. 112. Would you like to go to the movies with me? 113. What
is the movie about? 114. That sounds interesting! 115. We can ride bikes there.
【导语】本文讲述了Linda和 Mike通过电话讨论周末一起去看电影的安排。
111.根据“Hello, this is Linda. MayI speak to Mike?”和后续对话可知，此处是Mike 接电话的回应。
故填This is Mike speaking.
112.根据“It's said the newest movie will be shown at Hongxing Theater this Sunday evening.”和“Yes,
I'd love to."可知，此处是Linda邀请Mike看电影。故填Would you like to go to the movies with me?
113.根据"It is about an astronaut."可知，此处是Mike询问电影内容。故填What is the movie
about?
114.根据"The movie mainly shows us how the astronaut's dream came true."和“I can't wait to watch
it.”可知，此处是Mike 对电影内容的评价。故填That sounds interesting!
115.根据“My uncle bought me a bike as my 14th birthday gift last month."”可知，此处是Mike提出交
通方式(骑自行车)。故填We can ride bikes there.
Passage24
【答案】116.I'm looking for a sweater./ want to buy a sweater. 117.Here is a large one.
118.Yes, we do./Yes, there are other colors. 119.How much is it?/What's the price?120.I'll take
it./'ll buy it.
【导语】本文是一段围绕“购物流程”展开的对话。
116.根据“Good morning! Can I help you?”以及“What size do you wear?”并结合后文的“Large.”可知，
此处需说明购物意图，可以说想买一件毛衣。故填I'm looking for a sweater./I want to buy a sweater.
117.根据”It is a very popular sweater among students.”可知，A在询问尺寸后，应提供对应尺码的
商品，故填Here is a large one.
118.根据”Do you have other colors?”以及“We have black, white and blue.“可知，此处需作肯定回
答。故填Yes, we do./Yes, there are other colors.
第160页，共163页
119.根据“It's 200 yuan."可知，此处应询问商品的价格，故填How much is it?/What's the price?
120.根据“Here is the money.”可知，B接受价格后需明确购买决定，故填Il take it./'ll buy it.
Passage25
【答案】121. What's it about 122. What are they going to do 123. We should do something to
help them 124.We can also tell our friends and family about it 125,Yes,Pd love to/Sure/Of course
【导语】本文是一篇对话，主要围绕李明和张华谈论如何保护动物展开。
121.根据“Have you heard about the recent news on wildlife protection?”和“I's about the
government's new plan to protect endangered animals in our country.”可推知，张华对新闻内容感兴
趣，会询问新闻内容是什么?What's it about?“它是关于什么的?”符合。故填What's it about。
122.根据"They are planning to make more protected areas and stop people from hunting animals."
(政府正在计划建立更多的自然保护区，禁止人们捕猎动物。)可推知，此处张华会询问李明政
府保护动物的计划。What are they going to do?“他们将怎样做?”符合。故填What are they going to
do。
123.根据"I agree.We can start by not buying things made from animals."(我同意。我们可以从不买
由动物制作的东西开始。)可推知，张华对政府措施表示赞同后，提出个人行动的必要性，引出
后续讨论如何参与保护。We should do something to help them.“我们应该做些事情来保护它们。”符
合。故填We should do something to help them。
124.根据“What else can we do?”和“You′re right. The more people know, the more they can help.”可推
知，此处李明会想让更多的人也能帮助保护动物。We can also tell our friends and family about it.“我
们也可以告诉我们的朋友和家人。”符合。故填We can also tell our friends and family about it。
125.根据“Would you like to join some volunteer groups to protect animals together?”及“Let's work
together."可知，李明邀请张华加入志愿团体一起保护动物，张华同意了他的邀请。因此，此处要
作肯定回答。Yes,Id love to“好的，我愿意”;Sure/Of course“当然”,都符合情景。故填Yes,'d
love to/Sure/Of course。
Passage26
【答案】126.What's the weather like (there)/How's the weather (there)?127.Are you swimming?
128.What time is it (there)/What's the time (there)?129.What do you usually have for breakfast?
130.P'll go to the museum(with my friends/l plan to visit the museum.
【导语】本文是安和比尔之间的一则对话。对话主要谈论正在从事的活动、天气以及早饭等。
126.根据下文“It's hot and sunny. It's about 30℃.”可知，此处询问天气。故填What's the weather
like(there)/How's the weather (there)?
127.根据下文“No,I'm not swimming.”可知，此处询问对方是否在游泳。故填Are you swimming?
128.根据下文"It's7:00 in the morning in London.“可知，此处询问时间。故填What time is it (there)/
What's the time (there)?
第161页，共163页
129.根据下文“We usually have bread and milk for breakfast.”可知，此处询问对方早餐通常吃什么。
故填What do you usually have for breakfast?
130.根据上文”What will you do after breakfast?”以及下文”It must be interesting to go to a museum."
可知，早餐后去博物馆。故填Pllgo to the museum(with my friends/1 plan to visit the museum.
Passage27
【答案】131.What are you doing? 132. What is the event? 133.That sounds great.
134. Where shall we meet? 135. You're welcome.
【分析】本对话主要讲述了A与王东(B)关于筹备“读书日”活动的交流过程，展现两人的沟通协
作及对阅读推广的支持。
131.根据回答”Pm preparing for an event.”可知，此处是在询问对方在做什么,故填What are you
doing?
132.根据回答“It's a book day”可知，此处是在询问这个活动是什么,故填What is the event?
133.根据上文“We want to encourage more students to develop a reading habit.”及下文"How canl
help?"可知，此处是对活动表示肯定或赞赏，故填That sounds great.
134.根据回答“Let's meet in the school hall.”可知，此处是在询问见面的地点，故填Where shallwe
meet?
135.根据上文“Thanks a lot.”可知，此处是回应感谢，故填You′re welcome.
Passage28
【答案】136.Do you know about the festival 137.Why do Chinese people celebrate the festival
138.They also hold dragon boat races 139.Yes, Pd love to 140. See you
【导语】本文是A和B之间的一则对话，围绕端午节展开。
136.根据前文“The Dragon Boat Festival is coming soon.”和下文的回答“Yes, I've read something about
the festival.”可知，此处可询问对方“是否了解这个节日”,用一般疑问句，know about“了解”。故填
Do you know about the festival。
137.根据下文的回答"Well,Chinese people celebrate it in order to remember a famous poet called Qu
Yuan."可知，此处应是询问中国人庆祝这个节日的原因，用why来提问，故填Why do Chinese
people celebrate the festival。
138.根据上文“What else do Chinese people do during the festival?”和空后的内容“And Iwill watch the
dragon boat races this year."可知，此处应是介绍中国人在端午节时会举办龙舟比赛，叙述事实，用
一般现在时。故填They also hold dragon boat races。
139.根据上文“Would you like to go with me?”和下文“Great! We can go to watch the races together.”
可知，此处应是答应了对方的邀请，同意一起去看龙舟比赛。故填Yes,I'd love to。
140.根据上文“See you then.”可知，此处应是表告别，故填See you。
Passage29
第162页，共163页
【答案】141.How are you?142.What are you doing? 143.What is it made of? 144. How do
you recycle them? 145. Sure./Of course.
【导语】本文是一段关于环保主题的对话，Jack用废纸盒制作玩具车，Sarah 对此表示赞赏。对话
内容涉及问候、询问近况、讨论回收利用、制作手工品等日常交流，展示了如何用废弃物进行创
意改造，体现环保理念。最后Jack 答应教Sarah 制作玩具车。
141.根据答句“Fine. Thank you, Sarah.”可知，此处应该询问对方的近况，故填How are you?
142.根据答句“'m making a toy car.”可知，此处应该询问对方正在做的事情，故填What are you
doing?
143.根据答句"It's made of waste boxes."可知，此处应该是询问其由什么材料做成的，故填What
is it made of?
144.根据上文"I recycle all kinds of things, such as waste bottles and waste boxes.”及答句"By making
new things."可知，上文介绍回收各种各样的东西，答句回应的是方式，此处应该询问具体的回收
方式，故填How do you recycle them?
145.根据上文“Could you tell me how to make a toy car? I'm also interested in it."及后文“Iwill show
you how to make it later.”可知，A请求B教她制作玩具车，B答应将要教给A如何制作，此处应该
是表示同意，故填Sure./Of course.
Passage30
【答案】146. Where have you been 147. What did you do there 148.Yes/Sure/Of course
149. What/How about the people there/How are the people there 150. Tha's great/Sounds good
【导语】本文主要讲述了美国学生Frank和朋友Dale在电话中的对话，Frank介绍了自己在西安的
经历，包括去陕西历史博物馆的见闻以及对西安人的感受等。
146.根据“A:I have been in Xi'an, China.”可推知，此处Dale在询问Frank去了哪里，故填Where
have you been。
147.根据“A:I saw so many ancient works of art and watched some videos there.”可推知，此处 Dale
在询问Frank在陕西历史博物馆做了什么,故填What did you do there。
148.根据“Are there any other interesting places in Xi'an?"以及"There are many places of interest..”可
知，此处Frank 对Dale的提问作肯定回答，故填Yes/Sure/Of course。
149.根据“A:Well I have never imagined that the people here are so friendly.”可推知，此处Dale在询
问西安人的情况，故填What/How about the people there/How are the people there。
150.根据"I'm sure you will have a wonderful time there."以及前文 Frank 说得到很多帮助，可知此处
Dale对Frank 的经历表示赞赏，故填That’s great/Sounds good。
第163页，共163页